ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP INC
10KSB, 1996-04-01
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: NATIONAL CONSUMER COOPERATIVE BANK /DC/, 10-K405, 1996-04-01
Next: FIRST BANKING CENTER INC, 10-K/A, 1996-04-01



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-KSB

(Mark One)
|X|      ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  [FEE REQUIRED]
         For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995
                                   -----------------

| |      TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]
         For the transition period from ___________ to __________

         Commission file number 0-10971
                                -------
                      ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           (Name of small business issuer as specified in its charter)

          Delaware                                         52-1508198
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction            (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
  of incorporation or organization)

1627 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.                          20006
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      (Address of principal executive offices)               (Zip Code)

                             (202) 466-4090
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (Issuer's telephone number, including area code)


         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None


         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                     Common Stock, par value $10.00 per share
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Title of Class)


     Check  whether  the issuer (1) filed all  reports  required  to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act during the past 12 months (or for such
shorter  period as the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has
been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No
                                                                  --    ---
     Check if there is no disclosure  of  delinquent  filers in response to Item
405 of Regulation S-B is not contained in this form,  and no disclosure  will be
contained,  to the  best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-KSB
or any amendment to this Form 10-KSB. [ ]

     State issuer's revenues for its most recent fiscal year $7,755,000
                                                             ----------

     State the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates
computed by reference  to the price at which the stock was sold,  or the average
bid and asked prices of such stock as of March 15, 1996.

                                   $ 2,348,193
                                   -----------

     Indicate  the  number of  shares  outstanding  of each of the  registrant's
classes of common stock, as of March 15, 1996.

                  284,844 shares of Common Stock, Par Value $10

    Transitional Small Business Disclosure Format (Check one) Yes      No  X
                                                                  ---     ---
                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

                                      None


<PAGE>



                                     PART I
                                     ------



Item 1.           Business

General

     Abigail Adams  National  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the  "Company") is a bank holding
company  incorporated in Delaware on July 22, 1981 and registered under the Bank
Holding  Company  Act  of  1956,  as  amended  ("BHCA").  The  Company  conducts
operations  through its sole  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  The Adams National Bank
(the "Bank"),  a national  banking  association.  The Bank provides  banking and
other financial  services to individuals,  small to medium-sized  businesses and
nonprofit and other organizations,  including the acceptance of demand, time and
savings deposits and the making and servicing of secured and unsecured loans.

     Chartered  in 1977 and  opened in 1978,  the Bank was the  first  federally
chartered bank in the United States to be owned and managed by women. Originally
named The  Women's  National  Bank,  the name was  changed  in 1986 to The Adams
National Bank. This change reflected the growth-oriented policies of the Bank as
well as a move to alter the public perception that the Bank existed  exclusively
to serve the banking needs of women. The Bank, the deposits of which are insured
by the FDIC to the fullest extent  permitted by law, serves the nation's capital
through three full service offices  located in Washington,  D.C. A fourth branch
is scheduled to open in the summer of 1996.

     The Bank  offers a full range of banking  services to its  customers,  from
checking and savings deposits to individualized  cash management  accounts.  The
consumer and commercial  products and services  include the  following:  demand,
savings  and  time  deposits,   individual   retirement   and  Keogh   accounts;
collateralized  repurchase agreements;  commercial,  industrial,  consumer, real
estate and small business  lending,  including  installment  loans,  credit card
services, lines of credit and overdraft checking; safe deposit operations; and a
variety of additional  services  tailored to the needs of individual  customers,
such as the acquisition of U.S.  Treasury notes and bonds, the sale of travelers
checks,  money  orders,  cashier's  checks,  direct  deposit,   custodial,  cash
management,  electronic  banking and other  special  services.  While  providing
financial services to a wide-ranging customer base, including individuals, small
to  medium-sized   businesses,   professional  firms  and  nonprofit  and  other
organizations, the Bank remains committed to assisting women and minorities with
access to credit opportunities for career growth and small business ownership.

     Commercial and consumer loans are made to  corporations,  partnerships  and
individuals,  primarily  on a  secured  basis.  Commercial  lending  focuses  on
business,  capital,  renovation,  inventory  and real estate.  Consumer  lending
focuses on automobile,  home equity and personal loans made on a direct, secured
basis.  Real  estate  loans are  originated  for both  commercial  and  consumer
purposes. Through its "Residential Express" program in affiliation

                                        1

<PAGE>



with  Knutson  Mortgage  Corporation  ("Knutson"),  the  Bank is able to offer a
variety of residential home mortgage loan products.

     The  Bank  participates  in the U.S.  Government's  Minority  Bank  Deposit
Program  ("MBDP")  administered  by the U.S.  Treasury  Department.  The MBDP is
designed to encourage the  participation of eligible  minority and women's banks
in supplying the federal  government's needs for various banking  relationships.
Federal  agencies  and  federal  contractors  are  encouraged  under the MBDP to
establish  depository   relationships  with  women  and  minority-owned   banks.
Eligibility  in the MBDP requires  that at least 51% of a company's  outstanding
stock be owned by women and/or  minorities  and that a majority of its directors
and  executive  officers be women.  At December 31,  1995,  less than 10% of the
Bank's deposits were  attributable to depositors  either under the MBDP or under
similar corporate programs in the private sector.

     The Bank emphasizes customer service as its primary competitive  mechanism.
As permitted by law and regulation,  the Bank  continually  develops and markets
new and improved services to its customers.  In 1988, the Bank joined the Cirrus
ATM network to complement  its  membership in the MOST ATM network  initiated in
1986. These networks,  particularly through the Company's three ATM's located at
Union Station,  increase the Bank's exposure to other  institutions'  depositors
and provide an additional convenience to the Bank's own customers.

Acquisition and Expansion Strategy

     The Company  seeks to  diversify  both its market area and asset base while
increasing  profitability  through  acquisitions  and  expansion.  The Company's
strategic  plan,  as  implemented  in  1991,   included  expanding  through  the
acquisition from the FDIC and the Resolution Trust  Corporation (the "RTC"),  in
their capacities as receivers,  of insured deposits and certain performing loans
of  financial  institutions  which  had been  placed  into  receivership  in the
Washington, D.C. area. To date, the Bank was the successful bidder on three such
purchases,  one in each of 1992,  1993 and 1994. In 1992, the Company  purchased
insured  deposits and certain  performing loans from the FDIC, as receiver for a
failed financial institution,  for a premium of $1,000. In addition, the Company
was entitled to any future recoveries received on loans charged off prior to the
bid date for the sale of the  financial  institution.  As of December  31, 1995,
$104,000 in recoveries on such loans have been  received.  In 1993,  the Company
purchased certain performing loans from the FDIC, as receiver for another failed
financial  institution,  at a discounted  price of 96.2% of the outstanding loan
amount.  In 1994,  the Company  purchased an  additional  $508,000 in performing
loans from the FDIC at a price of $492,000.

     In addition, the Company's plan includes the acquisition of small to medium
sized financial institutions, primarily commercial banks or thrifts, or branches
of  such  institutions.   The  Company's  acquisition  strategy  is  focused  on
traditional community banks or thrifts located in Washington, D.C., Maryland and
Northern  Virginia.  In  addition  to  price  and  terms,  other  factors  to be
considered by the Company in determining the desirability of an

                                        2

<PAGE>



acquisition  candidate are financial condition,  earnings potential,  quality of
management, market area and competitive environment.

     Although the Company  continues  to explore  acquisition  opportunities  in
Washington,  D.C.,  suburban Maryland and Northern Virginia,  no banks have been
identified as probable  merger or  acquisition  candidates.  It is expected that
additional  discussions  will  take  place in the  future as  opportunities  are
presented.  However,  no  assurance  can  be  given  that  any  such  merger  or
acquisition candidates will be identified or that any merger or acquisition will
be consummated.

     The Company also  considers  establishing  branches as a means of expanding
its presence in current or new market areas and is presently reviewing potential
locations in Washington,  D.C. and suburban Maryland. In March 1996, the Company
signed a lease to open a new branch in  Washington,  D.C.  The Company will also
consider the expansion into other lines of business  closely  related to banking
if it believes these lines could be profitable without undue risk to the Company
and if the Company can be competitive.


Marketing Targets

     In  its   marketing   efforts,   the  Bank   actively   targets  women  and
minority-owned  businesses and nonprofit  organizations through various outreach
programs,  involvement  of  management in civic and business  organizations  and
participation  of  management  in  programs  sponsored  by women,  minority  and
nonprofit business organizations.  In addition, the Bank participates in federal
programs that encourage  federal  agencies and contractors to establish  banking
relationships  with women and minority banks. The Bank's status also has created
opportunities  for Fortune 500  companies  to  establish  borrowing  and deposit
relationships  with the Bank through  corporate  programs  that  encourage  such
relationships with women and minority-owned institutions.

Operating Strategy

     Corporate  policy,  strategy  and  goals  are  established  by the Board of
Directors of the Company.  Pursuant to the Company's philosophy,  the main focus
is on providing  personalized services and quality products to customers to meet
the needs of the  community in which it operates.  Recognizing  the  substantial
changes facing the banking industry,  beginning in 1990, the Company  redirected
its existing  resources and personnel to redesign and focus its lending staff to
address the  challenges  of safe and sound  underwriting  and lending  practices
coupled with  aggressive  loan growth.  The Company hired an experienced  senior
bank executive with a knowledge of commercial  lending who was familiar with the
Washington, D.C. market area. In addition, computer resources were purchased and
training  implemented to assist in the consistent  application of safe and sound
underwriting and documentation standards. Additional emphasis was also placed on
the ongoing  maintenance of current  financial and collateral  documentation  of
borrowers. Annual reviews by experienced

                                        3

<PAGE>



independent loan auditors also provide independent verification that the Company
keeps its policies and practices current.

     As part of its community banking approach, the Bank encourages its officers
to actively participate in community organizations.  In addition,  within credit
and rate of return  parameters,  the Bank  attempts  to ensure that it meets the
credit needs of its  communities,  as evidenced by its  "Outstanding"  Community
Reinvestment Act ("CRA") rating from the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC.")

     The Bank uses a variety  of  marketing  strategies  to  attract  and retain
customers.   Strategies  include  letters  to  companies  in  targeted  markets,
referrals from existing customers, cross-selling services to existing customers,
contacts  made  through  officers'  and  directors'  active  community  service,
publicity on regional  print and  electronic  media,  as well as an officers and
branch managers loan and deposit calling program.  The Bank is in the process of
developing its own electronic site (home page) on the Internet (World Wide Web).

     The Bank contracts with an outside national firm to provide data processing
and back  room  operations.  The  state-of-the-art  resources  provided  by this
outside firm, in conjunction  with the Bank's internal data  management  system,
enable the Bank to provide a high level of customer  service.  In addition,  the
Bank is currently installing a local area network in order to effectively manage
its growth.

Lending Activities

     The Bank  provides a range of  commercial  and retail  lending  services to
individuals,  small  to  medium-sized  businesses,   professional  corporations,
nonprofits and other organizations.  These services include, but are not limited
to,  commercial   business  loans,   commercial  and  residential  real  estate,
renovation and mortgage loans, loan  participations,  consumer loans,  revolving
lines of credit and letters of credit.  Consumer  lending focuses on automobile,
home equity and  personal  loans made on a direct,  secured  basis.  Real estate
loans are originated for both commercial and consumer  purposes,  with a variety
of residential home mortgage loan products  originated  predominantly  under the
Bank's Residential Express program. As of December 31, 1995, approximately three
quarters of the Bank's total loan portfolio was comprised of loans with interest
rates  which  either  float  or  generally   adjust  on  an  annual  basis.  See
"MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS--Loans."

     The Bank aggressively  markets its services to qualified  borrowers in both
the commercial and consumer  sectors.  The Bank's  commercial  lending  officers
actively  solicit the business of new companies  entering the  Washington,  D.C.
market,  national and local nonprofit  organizations and longstanding members of
the Washington,  D.C. community.  Through personalized  professional service and
competitive  pricing,  the Bank has been successful in attracting new commercial
lending customers.


                                        4

<PAGE>



     Commercial  and real  estate  lending is  performed  by the Bank's  Lending
Division, which is comprised of three full time and one part time loan officers,
a credit analyst,  a collections  staff person and an  administrative  assistant
specializing  in loan  documentation.  The Treasury  Division  includes the Loan
Operations staff of two,  responsible for recording and processing new loans and
loan payments and working in conjunctiuon  with the Lending  Division,  ensuring
the timely receipt of all ongoing loan documentation and the prompt reporting of
any exceptions.  Credit  analysis on loans is generally  performed by the credit
analyst,  using a sophisticated  credit analysis computer program which provides
not only the  flexibility  necessary  to  analyze  loans but also the  structure
necessary to ensure that all documentation requirements are appropriately met.

     Policies and procedures  have been  established by the Bank to promote safe
and sound lending. Loan officers have established individual lending authorities
based on both seniority and experience.  Loans in excess of individual officers'
lending limits are presented to the Officers' Loan Committee  ("OLC"),  which is
comprised  of all loan  officers  and the  President of the Bank and which meets
weekly.  While a maximum of two loan officers may pool their loan authorities to
approve a loan, most loans over $100,000 are brought to this Committee.  The OLC
has the authority to approve unsecured loans up to $250,000 and secured loans up
to $400,000.  Loans over  $250,000 on an unsecured  basis and over $400,000 on a
secured basis are brought to the Executive Loan Committee  ("ELC"),  which meets
approximately twice per month. The ELC is comprised of two outside directors and
the  President.  In addition to approving  new loans,  this  Committee  approves
restructuring  of loans it  originally  approved,  reviews  past due  loans  and
approves charge-offs.

     The full Board of Directors  reviews the Bank's  Classified  and Criticized
Loan  Quarterly  Report and  quarterly  Migration  and Allowance for Loan Losses
analyses.  In addition,  an independent loan review is performed by a consultant
on an annual basis which during 1994 and 1995 covered  approximately  73% of the
dollar  volume of the loan  portfolio,  and included 96% of the  criticized  and
classified loans. In addition to the Company's independent loan auditors and the
Company's independent audit firm, KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, the regulatory agencies
review the loan portfolio as part of the regular examination process.

     Commercial Loans

     The Bank  provides a wide range of  commercial  business  loans,  including
lines of credit for working capital  purposes and term loans for the acquisition
of equipment and other purposes.  Collateral for these loans generally  includes
accounts receivable,  inventory,  equipment and real estate. Terms of commercial
business  loans  generally  range from three  months to five years.  The primary
repayment  risk for  commercial  loans is the  failure  of the  business  due to
economic or financial factors. In most cases, the Bank has collateralized  these
loans and/or taken personal guarantees to help assure repayment.




                                        5

<PAGE>



     Small Business Administration Lending ("SBA")

     The SBA is a federal  agency  established  in 1953 to support  and  promote
small business in the United  States.  The Bank offers  SBA-guaranteed  loans to
businesses. These loans offer better terms and more flexible repayment schedules
than  conventional  financing.  Many  small,  growing  firms have been unable to
obtain the long-term financing they require to facilitate  expansion and compete
in the market.  The Bank recognizes  this problem and has  established  in-house
expertise in this specialized type of lending.  Management  believes that making
SBA loans  helps  the local  community  and  provides  the Bank with a source of
income and with solid future lending  relationships  as the businesses  grow and
prosper.  As lending  requirements of small businesses grow to exceed the Bank's
lending limit, the Bank has the ability to participate  portions of larger loans
to other  financial  institutions.  The Bank  believes  that such  participation
agreements will help to preserve  lending  relationships  while providing a high
level of customer service. While advantageous to business customers, SBA lending
can provide the Bank  attractive  returns with minimal  risk, as the majority of
each loan is  guaranteed  by the SBA. As of  December  31,  1995,  loans in this
category totaled $4,607,000.

     Nonprofit Lending

     The Bank provides financing to nonprofit organizations for construction and
renovation of local headquarters  offices and other facilities,  working capital
lines of credit and equipment financing. Current nonprofit customers of the Bank
include  organizations  which focus on issues  relating to women's  rights,  the
environment,  minority rights and AIDS treatment and education.  At December 31,
1995, these loans amounted to $5,107,000.

     Real Estate Loans

     The Bank originates  residential  mortgage loans through an affiliated loan
program with  Knutson.  A variety of fixed and variable  rate loan  products are
offered for varying terms through this program.  Loan  applications can be taken
by the Bank or through a 24 hour Knutson Hot Line.  These loans are  preapproved
by Knutson  prior to funding by the Bank and are  generally  sold  (inclusive of
servicing  rights) to Knutson at the  original  principal  amount  within one to
three days of closing.  The Bank has the option,  however,  of  retaining  these
loans for its own portfolio. While the Bank has a real estate mortgage portfolio
of $14,151,000 at December 31, 1995, these loans are predominantly commercial or
residential investment mortgage loans and are either variable rate or reprice on
an annual basis.

     The majority of the $2,618,000 in loans classified as construction and land
development  loans in the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements are
primarily  for  renovation  and  rehabilitation  of commercial  and  residential
properties.

     Consumer Lending

     The Bank's consumer lending includes loans for motor vehicles,  home equity
loans and lines of credit, debt consolidation loans and loans to individuals for
investment purposes.

                                        6

<PAGE>



During  1994,  the Bank  entered  the credit card market by issuing its own VISA
card at competitive  rates and with no annual fee. The credit card is offered to
both new and  existing  customers as well as  corporate  accounts,  and provides
various cardmember benefits,  including frequent flyer miles. Through its credit
card services,  the Bank hopes to increase profits and augment its cross-selling
opportunities by increasing its marketing base.


Competition

     The Bank faces  substantial  competition for deposits and loans  throughout
its market  area.  The primary  factors in  competing  for deposits are interest
rates,  personalized  services,  the  quality and range of  financial  services,
convenience of office locations and office hours. Competition for deposits comes
primarily from other  commercial  banks,  savings  associations,  credit unions,
money market funds and other  investment  alternatives.  The primary  factors in
competing for loans are interest rates,  loan origination  fees, the quality and
range of lending services and personalized services. Competition for loans comes
primarily from other commercial banks,  savings  associations,  mortgage banking
firms,  credit  unions  and  other  financial  intermediaries.  The  Bank  faces
competition  for  deposits and loans  throughout  its market areas not only from
local  institutions but also from out-of-state  financial  intermediaries  which
have  opened loan  production  offices or which  solicit  deposits in its market
areas. Many of the financial intermediaries operating in the Bank's market areas
offer certain services,  such as trust,  investment and  international  banking,
which the Bank does not offer.  Additionally,  banks with larger  capitalization
and financial  intermediaries  not subject to bank regulatory  restrictions have
larger lending limits and are thereby able to service larger customers.

     In order to  compete  with other  financial  services  providers,  the Bank
principally  relies upon local promotional  activities,  personal  relationships
established  by  officers,  directors  and  employees  with its  customers,  and
specialized  services  tailored to meet its customers' needs. In those instances
where  the Bank is unable  to  accommodate  a  customer's  needs,  the Bank will
arrange for those services to be provided by its correspondents.


Effect of Governmental Policies and Legislation

     Banking is a business that depends on rate differentials.  In general,  the
difference  between the  interest  rate paid by the Bank on its deposits and its
other borrowings and the interest rate received by the Bank on loans extended to
its customers and  securities  held in the Bank's  portfolio  comprise the major
portion of the  Company's  earnings.  These rates are highly  sensitive  to many
factors that are beyond the control of the Bank.  Accordingly,  the earnings and
growth of the  Company  are subject to the  influence  of  domestic  and foreign
economic conditions, including inflation, recession and unemployment.

     The commercial  banking  business is not only affected by general  economic
conditions  but is also  influenced  by the monetary and fiscal  policies of the
federal  government and the policies of regulatory  agencies,  particularly  the
Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve

                                        7

<PAGE>



Board  implements  national  monetary  policies (with objectives such as curbing
inflation  and  combating  recession)  by its  open-market  operations  in  U.S.
Government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves for financial
institutions  subject to its reserve  requirements  and by varying the  discount
rates  applicable to borrowings by depository  institutions.  The actions of the
Federal  Reserve  Board in these  areas  influence  the  growth  of bank  loans,
investments  and deposits and also affect  interest  rates  charged on loans and
paid on  deposits.  The  nature and  impact of any  future  changes in  monetary
policies cannot be predicted.

     From  time  to  time,  legislation  is  enacted  which  has the  effect  of
increasing  the  cost of  doing  business,  limiting  or  expanding  permissible
activities  or  affecting  the  competitive  balance  between  banks  and  other
financial  institutions.  Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing
the operations and taxation of banks, bank holding companies and other financial
institutions  are frequently made in Congress and before various bank regulatory
and  other  professional  agencies.   For  example,   legislation  was  recently
introduced in Congress that would merge the deposit  insurance funds  applicable
to commercial banks and savings associations and impose a one-time assessment on
savings  associations to recapitalize  the deposit  insurance fund applicable to
savings  associations,  possibly  resulting in adjustments of deposit  insurance
premiums  for  all  FDIC-insured  institutions.  The  likelihood  of  any  major
legislative  changes and the impact such  changes  might have on the Company are
impossible to predict. See "SUPERVISION AND REGULATION."

Employees

     At December 31, 1995, the Company employed 37 people, 36 on a full-time and
1 on a  part-time  basis.  The  employees  are not  represented  by a union  and
management believes that its relations with its employees are good.

Supervision and Regulation

     Bank  holding  companies  and banks are  extensively  regulated  under both
federal and state law. Set forth below is a summary  description of certain laws
which relate to the regulation of the Company and the Bank. The description does
not purport to be complete  and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
applicable laws and regulations.

         The Company

     The Company, as a registered bank holding company, is subject to regulation
under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "BHCA"). The Company
is required to file quarterly  reports with the Federal Reserve Board and annual
reports and such additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require
pursuant to the BHCA. The Federal Reserve Board may conduct  examinations of the
Company and its subsidiaries.

     The  Federal  Reserve  Board may  require  that the  Company  terminate  an
activity or terminate control of or liquidate or divest certain  subsidiaries or
affiliates when the Federal

                                        8

<PAGE>



Reserve  Board  believes  the  activity  or the  control  of the  subsidiary  or
affiliate  constitutes a significant risk to the financial safety,  soundness or
stability of any of its banking subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve Board also has
the  authority to regulate  provisions  of certain bank  holding  company  debt,
including authority to impose interest ceilings and reserve requirements on such
debt.  Under  certain  circumstances,  the Company must file written  notice and
obtain  approval from the Federal Reserve Board prior to purchasing or redeeming
its equity securities.

     Under the BHCA and regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve Board, a bank
holding  company and its nonbanking  subsidiaries  are prohibited from requiring
certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or
sale of property or furnishing of services.  Further, the Company is required by
the Federal  Reserve Board to maintain  certain levels of capital.  See "Capital
Standards."

     The Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve
Board for the acquisition of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class
of voting  securities  or  substantially  all of the  assets of any bank or bank
holding  company.  Prior approval of the Federal  Reserve Board is also required
for the merger or consolidation of the Company and another bank holding company.

     The  Company  is  prohibited  by the BHCA,  except in  certain  statutorily
prescribed instances,  from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of
more than 5% of the outstanding  voting shares of any company that is not a bank
or bank holding  company and from engaging  directly or indirectly in activities
other  than  those of  banking,  managing  or  controlling  banks or  furnishing
services  to its  subsidiaries.  However,  the  Company,  subject  to the  prior
approval of the Federal Reserve Board, may engage in any activities,  or acquire
shares of companies engaged in activities that are deemed by the Federal Reserve
Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to
be a proper  incident  thereto.  In making any such  determination,  the Federal
Reserve Board is required to consider whether the performance of such activities
by the Company or an affiliate can reasonably be expected to produce benefits to
the  public,  such as greater  convenience,  increased  competition  or gains in
efficiency,  that outweigh possible adverse effects, such as undue concentration
of resources, decreased or unfair competition,  conflicts of interest or unsound
banking practices.  The Federal Reserve Board is also empowered to differentiate
between activities commenced de novo and activities commenced by acquisition, in
                             -- ---- 
whole or in part, of a going concern.

     Under Federal Reserve Board regulations, a bank holding company is required
to serve as a source of  financial  and  managerial  strength to its  subsidiary
banks and may not  conduct its  operations  in an unsafe or unsound  manner.  In
addition,  it is the Federal  Reserve Board's policy that in serving as a source
of strength to its subsidiary  banks, a bank holding  company should stand ready
to use available  resources to provide  adequate capital funds to its subsidiary
banks during  periods of financial  stress or adversity and should  maintain the
financial   flexibility  and  capital-raising   capacity  to  obtain  additional
resources for assisting its subsidiary  banks. A bank holding  company's failure
to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks
will generally be considered by the Federal Reserve Board to

                                        9

<PAGE>



be an unsafe and unsound banking  practice or a violation of the Federal Reserve
Board's  regulations  or both.  This doctrine has become known as the "source of
strength" doctrine. The validity of the source of strength doctrine has been and
is likely  to  continue  to be the  subject  of  litigation  until  definitively
resolved by the courts or by Congress.

     Finally,  the Company is subject to the periodic reporting  requirements of
the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  including but not limited to,
filing  annual,  quarterly and other  current  reports with the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission.

     The Bank

     The  Bank,  as a  national  banking  association,  is  subject  to  primary
supervision,  examination  and  regulation  by the OCC.  If,  as a result  of an
examination  of a Bank, the OCC should  determine that the financial  condition,
capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects,  management,  liquidity or
other aspects of the Bank's  operations are  unsatisfactory  or that the Bank or
its  management  is violating or has  violated  any law or  regulation,  various
remedies are  available to the OCC.  Such  remedies  include the power to enjoin
"unsafe or unsound  practices,"  to require  affirmative  action to correct  any
conditions resulting from any violation or practice,  to issue an administrative
order that can be  judicially  enforced,  to direct an increase  in capital,  to
restrict the growth of the Bank,  to assess  civil  monetary  penalties,  and to
remove officers and directors.  The FDIC has similar enforcement  authority,  in
addition to its authority to terminate a Bank's deposit insurance in the absence
of action by the OCC and upon a finding  that a Bank is in an unsafe or  unsound
condition,  is  engaging  in unsafe or unsound  activities,  or that its conduct
poses a risk to the deposit  insurance fund or may prejudice the interest of its
depositors. The Bank is not subject to any such actions by the OCC or the FDIC.

     The  deposits  of the Bank are insured by the FDIC in the manner and to the
extent  provided  by law.  For  this  protection,  the  Bank  pays a  semiannual
statutory  assessment.  See  "Premiums  for Deposit  Insurance."  Various  other
requirements  and  restrictions  under the laws of the United  States affect the
operations of the Bank.  Federal statutes and regulations relate to many aspects
of the Bank's operations,  including  reserves against deposits,  interest rates
payable on deposits, loans, investments,  mergers and acquisitions,  borrowings,
dividends,  locations of branch  offices,  capital  requirements  and disclosure
obligations  to  depositors  and  borrowers.  Further,  the Bank is  required to
maintain certain levels of capital. See "Capital Standards."

     Restrictions on Transfers of Funds to the Company by the Bank

     The Company is a legal  entity  separate and  distinct  from the Bank.  The
Company's ability to pay cash dividends is limited by Delaware state law.

     There are statutory and  regulatory  limitations on the amount of dividends
which may be paid to the Company by the Bank.  The prior  approval of the OCC is
required  if the  total of all  dividends  declared  by a  national  bank in any
calendar year exceeds the bank's net profits (as

                                       10

<PAGE>



defined) for that year  combined  with its retained net profits (as defined) for
the preceding two years, less any transfers to surplus.

     The OCC also has authority to prohibit the Bank from engaging in activities
that, in the OCC's opinion, constitute unsafe or unsound practices in conducting
its business. It is possible, depending upon the financial condition of the bank
in question  and other  factors,  that the OCC could  assert that the payment of
dividends or other payments might, under some  circumstances,  be such an unsafe
or  unsound  practice.  Further,  the OCC and the  Federal  Reserve  Board  have
established  guidelines with respect to the maintenance of appropriate levels of
capital by banks or bank holding companies under their jurisdiction.  Compliance
with the standards set forth in such guidelines and the restrictions that are or
may be imposed  under the prompt  corrective  action  provisions  of federal law
could limit the amount of  dividends  which the Bank or the Company may pay. See
"Prompt  Corrective  Regulatory  Action and Other  Enforcement  Mechanisms"  and
"Capital Standards" for a discussion of these additional restrictions on capital
distributions.

     At present,  substantially all of the Company's  revenues,  including funds
available  for the  payment  of  dividends  and other  operating  expenses,  are
primarily  dividends  paid by the  Bank.  At  December  31,  1995,  the Bank had
$1,594,000 in retained  earnings  available for the payment of cash dividends in
accordance with OCC  limitations.  However,  restrictions  imposed by the Bank's
Subordinated  Note  Agreement  with Minbanc  Capital Corp.  limit the total cash
dividends  payable  by the Bank in any 12  calendar  month  period to 25% of net
operating  income,  which at  December  31,  1995  limited  the  payment of cash
dividends to zero. See Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

     The Bank is subject to certain  restrictions  imposed by federal law on any
extensions  of credit to, or the  issuance of a guarantee or letter of credit on
behalf of, the Company or other  affiliates,  the purchase of or  investments in
stock or other securities  thereof,  the taking of such securities as collateral
for loans and the  purchase of assets of the Company or other  affiliates.  Such
restrictions  prevent the Company and such other  affiliates from borrowing from
the Bank unless the loans are secured by  marketable  obligations  of designated
amounts.  Further,  such secured loans and  investments by the Bank to or in the
Company or to or in any other  affiliate is limited to 10% of the Bank's capital
and surplus  (as  defined by federal  regulations)  and such  secured  loans and
investments  are limited,  in the  aggregate,  to 20% of the Bank's  capital and
surplus  (as  defined  by  federal  regulations).   Additional  restrictions  on
transactions  with  affiliates  may be  imposed  on the Bank  under  the  prompt
corrective action  provisions of federal law. See "Prompt  Corrective Action and
Other Enforcement Mechanisms."

     Capital Standards

     The  Federal  Reserve  Board and the OCC have  adopted  risk-based  minimum
capital  guidelines  intended to provide a measure of capital that  reflects the
degree of risk  associated  with a banking  organization's  operations  for both
transactions  reported on the balance sheet as assets and transactions,  such as
letters of credit and recourse  arrangements,  which are recorded as off balance
sheet items. Under these guidelines, nominal dollar amounts of assets and credit

                                       11

<PAGE>



equivalent  amounts of off balance sheet items are  multiplied by one of several
risk  adjustment  percentages,  which  range from 0% for assets  with low credit
risk,  such as  certain  U.S.  Treasury  securities,  to 100%  for  assets  with
relatively high credit risk, such as business loans.

     A banking organization's risk-based capital ratios are obtained by dividing
its qualifying capital by its total risk adjusted assets. The regulators measure
risk-adjusted  assets, which include off balance sheet items, against both total
qualifying  capital  (the sum of Tier 1 capital  and  limited  amounts of Tier 2
capital) and Tier 1 capital.  Tier 1 capital consists primarily of common stock,
retained earnings, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (cumulative perpetual
preferred  stock for bank holding  companies) and minority  interests in certain
subsidiaries,  less most  intangible  assets.  Tier 2 capital  may  consist of a
limited  amount of the allowance for possible loan and lease losses,  cumulative
preferred stock, long term preferred stock,  eligible term subordinated debt and
certain other instruments with some  characteristics of equity. The inclusion of
elements  of Tier 2  capital  is  subject  to  certain  other  requirements  and
limitations  of the  federal  banking  agencies.  The federal  banking  agencies
require a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to  risk-adjusted  assets of
8% and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-adjusted assets of 4%.

     In  addition  to the  risk-based  guidelines,  federal  banking  regulators
require banking  organizations to maintain a minimum amount of Tier 1 capital to
total  assets,  referred to as the leverage  ratio.  For a banking  organization
rated in the highest of the five  categories  used by regulators to rate banking
organizations,  the minimum  leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets is
3%. For all banking organizations not rated in the highest category, the minimum
leverage ratio must be at least 100 to 200 basis points above the 3% minimum, or
4% to 5%.  In  addition  to these  uniform  risk-based  capital  guidelines  and
leverage  ratios  that  apply  across  the  industry,  the  regulators  have the
discretion  to  set  individual   minimum  capital   requirements  for  specific
institutions at rates significantly above the minimum guidelines and ratios.

     In January 1995, the federal banking  agencies issued a final rule relating
to capital  standards and the risks arising from the concentration of credit and
nontraditional activities.  Institutions which have significant amounts of their
assets concentrated in high risk loans or nontraditional  banking activities and
who fail to adequately  manage these risks, are required to set aside capital in
excess of the regulatory minimums. The federal banking agencies have not imposed
any  quantitative  assessment for determining  when these risks are significant,
but have  identified  these  issues as  important  factors  they will  review in
assessing an individual bank's capital adequacy.

     Federally  supervised banks and savings associations are currently required
to report deferred tax assets in accordance with SFAS No. 109. See Note 8 of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  The federal banking agencies issued
final  rules,  effective  April 1, 1995,  which limit the amount of deferred tax
assets that are allowable in computing an institution's  regulatory capital. The
standard has been in effect on an interim  basis since March 1993.  Deferred tax
assets that can be  realized  for taxes paid in prior  carryback  years and from
future  reversals of existing  taxable  temporary  differences are generally not
limited.  Deferred tax assets that can only be realized  through  future taxable
earnings are limited for regulatory capital

                                       12

<PAGE>



purposes to the lesser of (i) the amount that can be realized within one year of
the  quarter-end  report date, or (ii) 10% of Tier 1 Capital.  The amount of any
deferred  tax in excess of this limit would be excluded  from Tier 1 Capital and
total assets and regulatory capital calculations.

     In August 1995,  the federal  banking  agencies  adopted final  regulations
specifying  that the agencies will  include,  in their  evaluations  of a bank's
capital  adequacy,  an  assessment  of the  exposure to declines in the economic
value of the  bank's  capital  due to  changes  in  interest  rates.  The  final
regulations,  however, do not include a measurement  framework for assessing the
level of a bank's  exposure  to  interest  rate risk,  which is the subject of a
proposed policy statement  issued by the federal banking  agencies  concurrently
with the final regulations. Because this proposal has only recently been issued,
the Bank  currently  is unable to predict the impact of the proposal on the Bank
if the policy statement is adopted as proposed.


     Future changes in regulations or practices  could further reduce the amount
of capital  recognized  for  purposes of capital  adequacy.  Such a change could
affect the ability of the Bank to grow and could restrict the amount of profits,
if any, available for the payment of dividends.

     The  following  table  presents the amounts of  regulatory  capital and the
capital  ratios  for  the  Bank,  compared  to its  minimum  regulatory  capital
requirements as of December 31, 1995.

                                                 December 31, 1995
                                                 -----------------
                                         Actual                     Minimum
                                  ---------------------             Capital
                                  Amount          Ratio           Requirement
                                  ------          -----           -----------
                                     (In thousands)
Leverage ratio (1)..............  $6,405           7.79%              4.0%
Tier 1 risk-based ratio (2).....  $6,405            9.40              4.0
Total risk-based ratio (2)......  $7,287           10.69              8.0


(1) Ratio is based on annual average assets of  $82,216,000.
(2) Ratio is based on risk-adjusted assets of $68,172,000.



     Prompt Corrective Action and Other Enforcement Mechanisms

     Federal law requires each federal banking agency to take prompt  corrective
action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions, including but
not  limited  to those that fall below one or more  prescribed  minimum  capital
ratios.  The law requires each federal banking agency to promulgate  regulations
defining  the  following  five   categories  in  which  an  insured   depository
institution  will be  placed,  based on the level of its  capital  ratios:  well
capitalized,    adequately    capitalized,    undercapitalized,    significantly
undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized.


                                       13

<PAGE>



     In September  1992,  the federal  banking  agencies  issued  uniform  final
regulations implementing the prompt corrective action provisions of federal law.
An insured depository  institution generally will be classified in the following
categories based on capital measures indicated below: 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   <C>                                            <C>
   "Well capitalized"                               "Adequately capitalized"
   ------------------                            ------------------------
   Total  risk-based  capital of 10%;             Total  risk-based  capital of 8%; 
   Tier 1 risk-based  capital of 6%; and          Tier 1 risk-based  capital of 4%; and 
   Leverage ratio of 5%.                          Leverage ratio of 4% (3% if the
                                                  institution receives the highest
                                                  rating from its primary regulator)
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   <C>                                           <C>

   "Undercapitalized"                            "Significantly undercapitalized"
   ------------------                            --------------------------------
   Total risk-based capital less than 8%;         Total risk-based capital less than 6%;
   Tier 1 risk-based  capital  less than 4%; or   Tier 1  risk-based  capital less than 3%; or 
   Leverage ratio less than 4% (3% if the         Leverage  ratio less than 3%. 
   institution receives the highest rating 
   from its primary regulator)
</TABLE>

   "Critically undercapitalized"
   -----------------------------
   Tangible equity to total assets less than 2%.


     An institution  that, based upon its capital levels, is classified as "well
capitalized,"  "adequately  capitalized" or "undercapitalized" may be treated as
though it were in the next lower  capital  category if the  appropriate  federal
banking agency,  after notice and  opportunity  for hearing,  determines that an
unsafe or unsound  condition  or an unsafe or  unsound  practice  warrants  such
treatment.  At each successive  lower capital  category,  an insured  depository
institution  is subject to more  restrictions.  The  federal  banking  agencies,
however,  may not treat an institution as "critically  undercapitalized"  unless
its capital ratio actually warrants such treatment.

     The law prohibits  insured  depository  institutions from paying management
fees to any  controlling  persons or, with certain  limited  exceptions,  making
capital  distributions  if  after  such  transaction  the  institution  would be
undercapitalized.  In  addition,  without  the  prior  written  approval  of the
appropriate federal banking agency, a significantly undercapitalized institution
may not pay any bonus to its senior executive  officers or provide  compensation
to any of  them at a rate  that  exceeds  such  officer's  average  rate of base
compensation  during the 12  calendar  months  preceding  the month in which the
institution became  undercapitalized.  If an insured  depository  institution is
undercapitalized,  it will  be  closely  monitored  by the  appropriate  federal
banking  agency,  subject to asset  growth  restrictions  and required to obtain
prior regulatory approval for acquisitions,  branching and engaging in new lines
of  business.  Any  undercapitalized   depository  institution  must  submit  an
acceptable capital restoration plan to the appropriate federal banking agency 45
days after becoming  undercapitalized.  In addition, each company controlling an
undercapitalized depository institution must guarantee that the institution will
comply  with  the  capital  plan  until  the  depository  institution  has  been
adequately  capitalized  on an average  basis  during  each of four  consecutive
calendar quarters and must otherwise provide adequate assurances of performance.
Finally, the appropriate federal banking agency may impose any of the additional
restrictions or sanctions that it may impose on significantly undercapitalized

                                       14

<PAGE>



institutions  if it determines  that such action will further the purpose of the
prompt correction action provisions.

     An insured depository  institution that is significantly  undercapitalized,
or is  undercapitalized  and  fails  to  submit,  or in a  material  respect  to
implement,  an  acceptable  capital  restoration  plan, is subject to additional
restrictions and sanctions. These include, among other things: (i) a forced sale
of voting  shares to raise  capital or, if grounds  exist for  appointment  of a
receiver or conservator, a forced merger; (ii) restrictions on transactions with
affiliates;  (iii) further limitations on interest rates paid on deposits;  (iv)
further  restrictions  on growth or  required  shrinkage;  (v)  modification  or
termination  of specified  activities;  (vi)  replacement of directors or senior
executive  officers;   (vii)  prohibitions  on  the  receipt  of  deposits  from
correspondent institutions;  (viii) restrictions on capital distributions by the
holding   companies  of  such   institutions;   (ix)  required   divestiture  of
subsidiaries by the institution;  or (x) other restrictions as determined by the
appropriate federal banking agency.

     Further  restrictions  and  sanctions are required to be imposed on insured
depository institutions that are critically undercapitalized.  Most importantly,
for example, except under limited circumstances, the appropriate federal banking
agency, not later than 90 days after an insured depository  institution  becomes
critically  undercapitalized,  is required to appoint a conservator  or receiver
for the institution.

     In  addition  to  measures  taken  under  the  prompt   corrective   action
provisions,  commercial  banking  organizations  may  be  subject  to  potential
enforcement actions by the federal regulators for unsafe or unsound practices in
conducting  their  businesses or for violations of any law, rule,  regulation or
any condition imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with the
agency.  Enforcement  actions may include the  imposition  of a  conservator  or
receiver,  the  issuance  of a cease and  desist  order  that can be  judicially
enforced,  the termination of insurance of deposits (in the case of a depository
institution),   the  imposition  of  civil  money  penalties,  the  issuance  of
directives to increase capital,  the issuance of formal and informal agreements,
the issuance of removal and  prohibition  orders against  institution-affiliated
parties and the enforcement of such actions  through  injunctions or restraining
orders  based upon a judicial  determination  that the agency would be harmed if
such equitable relief was not granted.

     Safety and Soundness Standards

     In July  1995,  the  federal  banking  agencies  adopted  final  guidelines
establishing  standards  for  safety and  soundness.  The  guidelines  set forth
operational and managerial standards relating to internal controls,  information
systems and internal audit systems,  loan  documentation,  credit  underwriting,
interest  rate  exposure,  asset  growth and  compensation,  fees and  benefits.
Guidelines  for asset  quality  and  earnings  standards  will be adopted in the
future.  The  guidelines  establish the safety and soundness  standards that the
agencies  will use to  identify  and  address  problems  at  insured  depository
institutions before capital becomes impaired.  If an institution fails to comply
with a safety and soundness standard, the appropriate federal banking agency may
require  the  institution  to  submit a  compliance  plan.  Failure  to submit a
compliance  plan or to  implement  an  accepted  plan may result in  enforcement
action.

                                       15

<PAGE>




     In December 1992, the federal  banking  agencies  issued final  regulations
prescribing uniform guidelines for real estate lending.  The regulations,  which
became effective on March 19, 1993, require insured  depository  institutions to
adopt written policies establishing standards,  consistent with such guidelines,
for extensions of credit secured by real estate.  The policies must address loan
portfolio  management,  underwriting  standards and loan to value limits that do
not exceed the supervisory limits prescribed by the regulations.  Appraisals for
"real estate related financial  transactions"  must be conducted by either state
certified or state  licensed  appraisers for  transactions  in excess of certain
amounts.

     Premiums for Deposit Insurance

     Federal law has established several mechanisms to increase funds to protect
deposits  insured by the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF")  administered  by the FDIC.
The FDIC is  authorized  to  borrow up to $30  billion  from the  United  States
Treasury;  up to 90% of the fair market value of assets of institutions acquired
by the FDIC as receiver from the Federal  Financing  Bank;  and from  depository
institutions  that are members of the BIF.  Any  borrowings  not repaid by asset
sales  are  to  be  repaid  through   insurance   premiums  assessed  to  member
institutions.  Such  premiums  must be  sufficient  to repay any borrowed  funds
within 15 years and provide  insurance  fund  reserves of $1.25 for each $100 of
insured deposits.  The result of these provisions is that the assessment rate on
deposits  of BIF  members  could  increase  in the  future.  The  FDIC  also has
authority to impose special assessments against insured deposits.

     The  FDIC  implemented  a final  risk-based  assessment  system,  effective
January 1, 1994, under which an institution's premium assessment is based on the
probability  that the deposit  insurance  fund will incur a loss with respect to
the  institution,  the likely amount of any such loss,  and the revenue needs of
the  deposit  insurance  fund.  As long as BIF's  reserve  ratio is less  than a
specified  "designated  reserve ratio," 1.25%,  the total amount raised from BIF
members by the risk-based assessment system may not be less than the amount that
would be  raised  if the  assessment  rate  for all BIF  members  were  .023% of
deposits.  On August 8, 1995, the FDIC  announced  that the  designated  reserve
ratio had been achieved and,  accordingly,  issued final regulations adopting an
assessment  rate  schedule for BIF members of 4 to 31 basis points  effective on
June 1, 1995. On November 14, 1995, the FDIC further reduced  deposit  insurance
premiums  to a range of 0 to 27 basis  points  effective  for the  semi-  annual
period beginning January 1, 1996.

     Under the risk-based  assessment  system, a BIF member  institution such as
the Bank is categorized into one of three capital  categories (well capitalized,
adequately capitalized,  and undercapitalized) and one of three categories based
on supervisory evaluations by its primary federal regulator (in the Bank's case,
the FDIC). The three supervisory  categories are:  financially sound with only a
few minor  weaknesses  (Group A),  demonstrates  weaknesses that could result in
significant deterioration (Group B), and poses a substantial probability of loss
(Group  C).  The  capital  ratios  used by the FDIC to define  well-capitalized,
adequately

                                       16

<PAGE>



capitalized and  undercapitalized  are the same in the FDIC's prompt  corrective
action  regulations.  The BIF assessment rates are summarized below;  assessment
figures are expressed in terms of cents per $100 in deposits.

            Assessment Rates Effective Through the First Half of 1995

                                         Group A       Group B        Group C
                                         -------       -------        -------

     Well Capitalized...............        23           26              29
     Adequately Capitalized.........        26           29              30
     Undercapitalized...............        29           30              31

           Assessment Rates Effective through the Second Half of 1995

                                         Group A       Group B        Group C
                                         -------       -------        -------

     Well Capitalized...............         4            7              21
     Adequately Capitalized.........         7           14              28
     Undercapitalized...............        14           28              31

                   Assessment Rates Effective January 1, 1996

                                         Group A       Group B        Group C
                                         -------       -------        -------

     Well Capitalized...............         0*           3              17
     Adequately Capitalized.........         3           10              24
     Undercapitalized...............        10           24              27

     *Subject to a statutory minimum assessment of $1,000 per semi-annual period
     (which also applies to all other assessment risk classifications).

     Interstate Banking and Branching

     In  September  1994,  the  Riegel-Neal  Interstate  Banking  and  Branching
Efficiency Act of 1994 (the  "Interstate  Act") became law. Under the Interstate
Act, beginning one year after the date of enactment, a bank holding company that
is  adequately  capitalized  and managed may obtain  approval  under the BHCA to
acquire an existing bank located in another state without regard to state law. A
bank holding company would not be permitted to make such an acquisition if, upon
consummation, it would control (a) more than 10% of the total amount of deposits
of insured  depository  institutions  in the United States or (b) 30% or more of
the  deposits in the state in which the bank is  located.  A state may limit the
percentage  of total  deposits that may be held in that state by any one bank or
bank holding  company if application of such  limitation  does not  discriminate
against out-of-state banks. An out-of-state bank holding company may not acquire
a state  bank in  existence  for less than a minimum  length of time that may be
prescribed by state law except that a state may not impose more than a five year
existence requirement.

                                       17

<PAGE>




     The Interstate Act also permits, beginning June 1, 1997, mergers of insured
banks located in different states and conversion of the branches of the acquired
bank  into  branches  of  the  resulting   bank.  Each  state  may  permit  such
combinations  earlier than June 1, 1997,  and may adopt  legislation to prohibit
interstate  mergers  after  that date in that  state or in other  states by that
state's  banks.  The  same  concentration  limits  discussed  in  the  preceding
paragraph  apply.  The  Interstate  Act also permits a national or state bank to
establish branches in a state other than its home state if permitted by the laws
of that state,  subject to the same  requirements and conditions as for a merger
transaction.

     Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Developments

     The Bank is subject to certain  fair  lending  requirements  and  reporting
obligations  involving home mortgage lending operations and CRA activities.  The
CRA generally  requires the federal banking agencies to evaluate the record of a
financial  institution  in meeting the credit needs of their local  communities,
including  low and moderate  income  neighborhoods.  In addition to  substantial
penalties  and  corrective  measures  that may be required  for a  violation  of
certain fair lending laws, the federal banking agencies may take compliance with
such laws and CRA into account when regulating and supervising other activities.
The OCC has rated the Bank "Outstanding" in complying with its CRA obligations.

     In May 1995, the federal banking  agencies issued final  regulations  which
change  the  manner  in which  they  measure  a bank's  compliance  with its CRA
obligations.  The final regulations adopt a performance-based  evaluation system
which  bases  CRA  ratings  on  an  institution's  actual  lending  service  and
investment  performance rather than the extent to which the institution conducts
needs  assessments,   documents   community  outreach  or  complies  with  other
procedural requirements.

Item 2.     Properties.

     The principal  executive  offices of the Company and the main office of the
Bank are located in leased space at 1627 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.
The  Bank  leases  two  other  offices,  one  located  at 2905 M  Street,  N.W.,
Washington,  D.C. and the other at Union Station, 50 Massachusetts Avenue, N.E.,
Washington,  D.C. An  additional  ATM was opened in Union  Station in 1989 and a
third ATM was opened in Union  Station in May 1994.  In March 1996,  a lease was
signed  for a new  branch  office at 1604 17th  Street,  N.W.  Leases  for these
facilities expire as follows:

         Location                                  Expiration of Lease
         --------                                  -------------------
         1627 K Street, N.W.                                2002
         2905 M Street, N.W.                                1996
         50 Massachusetts Avenue, N.E.                      1999
         Union Station ATM                                  1999
         Union Station ATM                                  1999
         1604 17th Street, N.W.                             2016

                                       18

<PAGE>




     In 1995,  the Company and the Bank incurred  rental  expense on leased real
estate of approximately  $408,000.  The Company  considers all of the properties
leased by the Bank to be suitable and adequate for their intended purposes.


Item 3.     Legal Proceedings.

     Although  the  Bank,  from  time to time,  is  involved  in  various  legal
proceedings  in the  normal  course of  business,  there are no  material  legal
proceedings to which the Company or the Bank is a party or to which any of their
property is subject. For a discussion of certain legal proceedings in connection
with the Company's prior ownership, see "BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SHARES."


Item 4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security-Holders.

         None


                                     PART II
                                     -------

Item 5.     Market for Registrant's Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

     (a) The  Company's  Common  Stock has been  traded in the  over-the-counter
market and reported in the "pink sheets."  Trading in the Company's Common Stock
has been limited and sporadic.

     The following  table sets forth the range of the high and low bid prices of
the Company's  Common Stock for each fiscal quarter  indicated and is based upon
information  provided by the National  Quotation  Bureau.  These prices  reflect
inter-dealer   prices  and  do  not  include  retail  mark-ups,   mark-downs  or
commissions and may not have represented actual transactions.


          Calendar Quarter Ended              Bid Prices of Common Stock
                                                    High        Low

          March 31, 1994                           $12.50     $11.50
          June 30, 1994                             15.00      12.00
          September 30, 1994                        15.00      15.00
          December 31, 1994                         15.00      15.00

          March 31, 1995                           $15.00     $15.00
          June 30, 1995                             16.50      15.00
          September 30, 1995                        23.00      15.00
          December 31, 1995                         24.50      22.00


                                       19

<PAGE>




     (b) As of March 15, 1996, the Company had 579 stockholders of record.

     (c) During  1995,  the Company  declared  two cash  dividends on the Common
Stock of $.25 per share per quarter, for a total of $142,422. Prior to 1995, the
Company did not pay  dividends.  The Company's  ability to pay cash dividends is
limited by the provisions of Delaware law, which permit the payment of dividends
from  either  surplus or  retained  earnings.  In  addition,  the ability of the
Company to pay a cash dividend  depends  largely on the Bank's  ability to pay a
cash dividend to the Company.  The National Bank Act imposes  limitations on the
amount of  dividends  that a national  bank,  such as the Bank,  may pay without
prior  regulatory  approval.  Generally,  the  amount is  limited  to the Bank's
current year's net earnings plus the retained net earnings for the two preceding
years.  The Bank is also subject to dividend  restrictions  under a subordinated
capital  note  agreement.  That  agreement  restricts  the total cash  dividends
payable  by the Bank in any 12  calendar  month  period to 25% of net  operating
income,  which at December  31, 1995  limited the payment of cash  dividends  to
zero. See Notes 9 and 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


Item 6.   Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
          Results of Operations.

Overview

     Abigail Adams National  Bancorp,  Inc. and subsidiary  (the  "Company") had
total  assets of  $92,365,000  at December  31, 1995  reflecting  an increase of
$10,105,000  from total assets of $82,260,000 at December 31, 1994.  Total loans
at December 31, 1995 of $63,592,000 and the average loan balance for the year of
$60,318,000  increased  by 5% and 4%,  respectively,  over the  comparable  1994
period.  Total  deposits  at  December  31,  1995 of  $83,063,000  increased  by
$7,770,000, or 10%, as compared to December 31, 1994, while average deposits for
1995 of  $73,587,000  increased  by  $356,000,  or less  than 1%,  from the 1994
average of $73,231,000.

     The  Company  reported  record  net income of  $959,000  for the year ended
December  31,  1995 as  compared  to a net loss of  $184,000  for the year ended
December 31, 1994. The $959,000 net income for 1995 is attributable to increases
in other income and  decreases in operating  costs,  as well as no provision for
loan losses,  as compared to 1994. As a result of the Company's  utilization  of
its remaining  valuation  allowance on deferred tax assets, the Company's actual
tax  rate of 22% is  lower  than  the 41%  combined  statutory  tax  rate,  thus
contibuting to the improved  earnings for 1995. The net loss of $184,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1994 was due to nonrecurring legal and related expenses.
If these nonrecurring items are excluded, the Company would have been profitable
for 1994 with net income  after taxes of  $714,000.  The  $714,000  adjusted net
income for 1994 assumes that the valuation  allowance on deferred tax assets was
utilized in 1994  instead of 1995 thus  resulting  in a lower income tax expense
for 1994.  Had this actually  been the case,  net income for 1995 would not have
utilized the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets and net income for 1995,
adjusted  for  $102,000  in  costs  incurred  during  the year to  finalize  the
ownership issues,  would have been $805,000,  reflecting an increase of 13% over
1994's adjusted net income of $714,000.

                                       20

<PAGE>



     The Company's  total  risk-based  capital ratio (total  capital  divided by
assets weighted for risk elements) is 11.06%,  of which 9.77% is Tier 1 capital.
The leverage  ratio (based on annual average  assets) is 8.09%.  All are well in
excess of the 8%, 4% and 5% ratios,  respectively,  required by federal  banking
regulations.  Additionally,  the Company's average equity to average asset ratio
is 7.50% for 1995 as compared to 7.13%  reported  for 1994.  See  "Stockholders'
Equity" below.

Loans

     The loan portfolio at December 31, 1995 increased by $2,863,000,  or 5%, to
$63,592,000  from  $60,729,000  reflected at December 31, 1994.  The majority of
this growth has been in commerical and  residential  real estate  mortgages.  On
average, the Company's loans increased by $2,073,000,  or 4%, to $60,318,000 for
1995 from  $58,245,000  for 1994.  As a result of this loan growth,  the average
loan to deposit ratio increased to 82% in 1995 from 80% in 1994 and 73% in 1993.
The loan to deposit  ratio at  December  31,  1995 was 77% as compared to 81% at
December 31, 1994 and 76% at December 31, 1993. The Company has a target loan to
deposit ratio of 80% based on quarterly  averages.  See  "Liquidity  and Capital
Resources" for a further discussion of this ratio.

     For a summary of loans by category at Decmeber 31, 1995 and 1994,  see Note
4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

     The table  entitled  "Analysis of Loan  Maturity and Interest  Sensitivity"
below,  summarizes  the maturity  distribution  and interest  sensitivity of the
Company's loan portfolio at December 31, 1995.

               Analysis of Loan Maturity and Interest Sensitivity
                              At December 31, 1995
                                 (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Within  1        1 - 5         After
                                            Year (1)        Years        5 Years         Total
                                            --------        -----        -------         -----
<S>                                         <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>
Maturity of Loans (2)(3):
  Commercial                                $ 15,311     $ 21,881      $   6,355      $ 43,547
  Real Estate - mortgage                       1,615        8,335          4,201        14,151
  Real Estate - construction                   1,591          340            687         2,618
  Installment                                  1,013        1,690            949         3,652
                                               -----        -----            ---         -----
    Total loans (4)                         $ 19,530     $ 32,246      $  12,192      $ 63,968
                                             ========     ========      =========      ========

Interest Rate Sensitivity of Loans:
  With predetermined interest rates         $  3,520     $  8,791      $     780      $ 13,091
  With floating or
    adjustable interest rates                 16,010       23,455         11,412        50,877
                                              ------       ------         ------        ------
    Total loans (4)                         $ 19,530     $ 32,246      $  12,192      $ 63,968
                                             ========     ========      =========      ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------------------

(1)  Includes demand loans,  loans having no stated schedule of repayment and no
     stated maturity, and overdrafts.

(2)  Loan maturity is based upon individual loan contract terms. The Company has
     not established a rollover policy.  Each loan is reviewed on a case by case
     basis with respect to renewal.

(3)  The Company has no foreign loans.

(4)  The above table does not include  deferred  income and  unearned  discounts
     which total a credit balance of $375,344.

                                       21

<PAGE>




Investments

     The Company  classifies its debt and marketable  equity securities into one
of three categories:  trading,  available for sale, or held to maturity. Trading
securities  are bought and held  principally  for the purpose of selling them in
the near term and are reported at fair value,  with unrealized  gains and losses
included in earnings.  Held to maturity securities are those securities in which
the  Company  has the  ability  and the  intent to hold until  maturity  and are
reported at amortized cost. All other securities not included in trading or held
to maturity are classified as available for sale and are reported at fair value,
with unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported as a separate component
of  stockholders'  equity.  The available for sale portfolio  exists to maintain
adequate  liquidity  and  to  provide  a  base  for  executing   asset/liability
management  strategy.  These  securities  may be sold in  response to changes in
interest rates,  restructuring  of maturity  distributions,  need for additional
funds  for  loans,  tax  planning  and  regulatory  needs,  as well as for other
purposes. As investment securities are purchased,  they are classified as either
held to maturity  (long-term  investment)  or available  for sale.  The value of
securities  recorded  as  available  for sale  fluctuates  based on  changes  in
interest  rates.  Generally,  an  increase  in  interest  rates will result in a
decline  in the  value of  securities  available  for sale,  while a decline  in
interest  rates  will  result in an  increase  in the value of such  securities.
Therefore,  the  value  of  securities  available  for  sale  and the  Company's
stockholders'  equity is subject  to  fluctuation  based on changes in  interest
rates.  Increases  in the general  level of interest  rates during 1994 caused a
decline in the fair value of  securities  in the  Company's  available  for sale
portfolio.  Based on an evaluation of the existing and projected liquidity needs
of the  Company,  during the second  quarter of 1994,  the Company  reclassified
$3,500,000 in securities previously classified as available for sale to the held
to maturity  portfolio,  resulting in an unrealized  loss, net of taxes,  on the
date of transfer of approximately  $86,000.  This unrealized loss is recorded in
equity and  amortized  as a yield  adjustment  over the  remaining  terms of the
reclassified  securities.  This  amortization of approximately  $39,000,  net of
taxes as of December 31, 1995,  coupled with  unrealized  gains in the remaining
available for sale portfolio of $7,000, net of taxes,  brings the equity balance
of unrealized loss on securities to $40,000, at December 31, 1995.

     Investment  securities  and  securities  available for sale at December 31,
1995  totaled  $13,701,000,  a  decrease  of  $1,389,000,  or 9%,  from one year
earlier,  due  principally  to  maturities  and  scheduled  repayments.  Of  the
$13,701,000  outstanding at December 31, 1995,  $5,508,000 was segregated in the
available for sale portfolio,  with the remainder classified as held to maturity
investments.  The  $5,508,000  available for sale portfolio at December 31, 1995
decreased by $501,000 from $6,009,000 reported one year earlier.  The investment
(held to maturity)  portfolio at December  31, 1995 of  $8,193,000  decreased by
$888,000 from $9,081,000  reported at December 31, 1994.  Although no securities
were sold,  scheduled  maturities  and repayments in both the available for sale
and  held  to  maturity  portfolios  were  used to fund  increases  in the  loan
portfolio.  See  "Liquidity  and Capital  Resources"  for a further  analysis of
liquidity.  On average for 1995, the combined long-term investment and available
for sale  securities  portfolio of $14,367,000  decreased by $1,242,000,  or 8%,
from $15,609,000 for 1994.


                                       22

<PAGE>



     The table entitled "Analysis of Securities  Portfolio" below, sets forth by
major  categories,  the adjusted cost bases,  approximate  market values and the
weighted  average yields of investment  securities and securities  available for
sale at December 31, 1995.


                        Analysis of Securities Portfolio
                              At December 31, 1995
                                 (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            Investment Securities                Securities Available for Sale
                                            ---------------------                -----------------------------
                                         Adjusted      Market    Average           Adjusted       Market   Average
                                       Cost Basis(1)   Value     Yield           Cost Basis(1)    Value    Yield
                                       -------------   -----     -----           -------------    -----    -----
<S>                                        <C>        <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>         <C>

    U.S. Treasury:
       Within one year                     $ 1,499    $ 1,500      5.71%            $ 1,996      $2,002      5.85%
                                           -------    -------                        -------     ------

    Obligations of other U.S.
      Governement agencies
      and corporations (2):
       Within one year                       1,006      1,015      6.68               2,501       2,503     5.48
       After one, but within five years      4,875      4,964      5.96               1,000       1,003     5.56
                                             -----      -----                         -----       -----
           Total                             5,881      5,979      6.09               3,501       3.506     5.50
                                             -----      -----                         -----       -----

    Mortgage-backed securities (3):
      Federal National Mortgage Association:
       After one, but within five years         17         17      9.18                --          --        --
      Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation:
       After five, but within ten years        369        386      8.63                --          --        --
                                               ---        ---                         ----       -----
           Total                               386        403      8.65                --          --        --
                                               ---        ---                         ----       -----

    Federal Reserve Bank stock                 163        163      6.00                --          --        --
                                               ---        ---                         ----       -----

    Federal Home Loan Bank stock               252        252      7.25                --          --        --
                                               ---        ---                         ----       -----

    Corporate securities:
       After ten years                          12         12        --                --          --        --
                                                --         --                         ----       ------

           Total investment securities     $ 8,193    $ 8,309      6.16%            $ 5,497      $ 5,508     5.63%
                                           =======    =======      ====             =======      =======     ====
</TABLE>

1    The adjusted cost basis of securities which were transferred from available
     for sale to investment  securities  is shown net of unrealized  loss on the
     date of transfer.

2    Includes obligations of quasi-government agencies and corporations.

3    This  reflects  final  maturity,  although  contractual  maturity  is not a
     reliable  indicator of expected  life because  borrowers  have the right to
     repay their  obligations  at any time.  Monthly  amortization  prior to the
     final maturity is not shown as it cannot be reasonably estimated.


     For  additional  information  about  investment  securities  and securities
available  for sale at December  31,  1995 and 1994,  see Note 3 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                       23

<PAGE>



     Short-term   investments,    consisting   of   Federal   funds   sold   and
interest-bearing  deposits in other banks, increased by $8,171,000 to $9,962,000
at December 31, 1995 from $1,791,000 one year earlier. Deposits made in December
by some of the Company's large corporate  customers  increased deposit levels at
December 31, 1995, which in turn increased the Company's short-term investments.
The Company has historically  maintained its short-term liquid  investments at a
level sufficient to account for the normal fluctuations of its corporate deposit
accounts.  While  short-term   investments   at  December  31,  1995  reflect an
$8,171,000  increase from the prior  year-end,  average  short-term  investments
during 1995 have declined by $69,000 as compared to 1994.


Noninterest-Earning Assets

     Cash and due from banks

     Cash and due from banks of  $4,953,000  at December  31,  1995  reflects an
increase of $604,000,  or 14%, from the $4,349,000 balance at December 31, 1994.
This increase is primarily  attributable to normal  fluctuations in cash reserve
balances  maintained at the Federal  Reserve Bank between  December 31, 1995 and
December 31, 1994.

     Bank premises and equipment

     Bank  premises and  equipment  of $278,000 at December 31, 1995  reflects a
decrease of $91,000,  or 25%, from the $369,000 balance reported at December 31,
1994.  This  decrease is due to the  depreciation  and  amortization  expense of
$146,000 for the year, offset by equipment purchases of $55,000.

     Other assets

     Other  assets of  $1,153,000  at December  31,  1995  reflect a decrease of
$68,000,  or 6%, from the $1,221,000 balance reported at December 31, 1994. This
decrease is principally due to a $47,000 increase in accrued interest receivable
and $260,000 increase in deferred taxes,  offset by a $375,000 decrease in taxes
receivable at December 31, 1995 as compared with December 31, 1994.

Deposits

     Deposits at December 31, 1995 of $83,063,000  increased by  $7,770,000,  or
10%, from December 31, 1994, as discussed below.

     Demand, NOW and Money Market Accounts

     Demand  deposits of  $23,444,000 at December 31, 1995 reflect a $3,767,000,
or 19% increase over the balance one year earlier. This increase is attributable
to  fluctuations  in the balances of the Company's  large  corporate  customers.
Negotiable Order of Withdrawal, or "NOW" accounts, of $7,343,000 at December 31,
1995 decreased by $3,038,000,  or 29%, over the $10,381,000  balance at December
31, 1994, due primarily to the withdrawal of the deposit

                                       24

<PAGE>



accounts  of one large  national  organization  as well as  fluctuations  in the
balances of both  individual  and  nonprofit  customers.  Money  market  account
balances of $21,392,000  at December 31, 1995 have  increased by $3,541,000,  or
20%, from the  $17,851,000  balance for the comparable 1994 period due primarily
to the  opening  of new  deposit  accounts  as  well as to  fluctuations  in the
balances of both commercial and individual customers.

     Certificates of Deposit

     Certificates  of deposit of  $100,000  or greater at  December  31, 1995 of
$13,591,000  remained virtually  unchanged from the $13,651,000 balance reported
one year earlier, despite the withdrawal of $5,000,000 of local government funds
which  had been on  deposit  at  December  31,  1994.  These  deposits  had been
collateralized by U.S. Treasury and agency  securities.  Certificates of deposit
under  $100,000 of  $15,976,000  at December 31, 1995  increased  by  $3,469,000
during the same period. This increase is primarily attributable to approximately
$3,500,000 of brokered  funds which were raised in the first quarter of 1995. In
addition,  the Company  continues  to maintain  $2,200,000  in  certificates  of
deposit  under  $100,000  issued  during 1994 to custodial  accounts for pension
funds.

     The table  entitled  "Maturity  Distribution  of  Certificates  of  Deposit
$100,000  and  Over"  below,   sets  forth,   by  time  remaining  to  maturity,
certificates  of deposit in amounts of $100,000 or more at December 31, 1995 and
1994.


       Maturity Distribution of Certificates of Deposit $100,000 and Over
                          At December 31, 1995 and 1994
                                 (In thousands)

                                                     1995           1994
                                                     ----           ----

Within three months                               $ 5,716         $ 9,260
After three months but within six months            4,772           1,767
After six months but within twelve months           1,403           2,422
After twelve months                                 1,700             202
                                                    -----             ---

  Total                                           $13,591         $13,651
                                                  =======         =======





     Average Deposits

     Average deposits for 1995 of $73,587,000  remain  virtually  unchanged from
the average deposits for 1994 of $73,231,000. Average noninterest-bearing demand
deposits of  $18,547,000  for 1995  represent 25% of total  deposits for 1995 as
compared to 26% for 1994.



                                       25

<PAGE>



     The table  entitled  "Average  Deposits  and Rates"  below,  sets forth the
average amount  outstanding and average rate paid by major deposit  category for
the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994.

                           Average Deposits and Rates
                 For the Years Ended December 31, 1995 and 1994
                                 (In thousands)


                                               1995                 1994
                                         ---------------      ----------------
                                         Average   Average    Average   Average
                                         Balance    Rate      Balance     Rate
                                         -------    ----      -------     ----


Interest-bearing demand accounts        $ 10,129    2.46%     $ 11,470    2.31%
Savings deposits                           1,160    2.68         1,185    2.46
Money Market deposit accounts             16,451    4.94        15,901    3.43
CD's $100,000 and over                    12,672    5.51        14,252    3.68
Other time deposits                       14,628    5.78        11,546    4.26
                                          ------                ------
  Total interest-bearing deposits         55,040    4.79        54,354    3.41
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits       18,547                18,877
                                          ------                ------

  Total deposits                        $ 73,587               $ 73,231
                                        ========                ========



Short-Term Borrowings

     Short-term  borrowings of $1,786,000 at December 31, 1995 consist  entirely
of  repurchase  agreements  with  customers of the Company.  This  compares with
repurchase agreements outstanding at December 31, 1994 of $361,000.

     For  additional  information on short-term  borrowings,  see Note 10 of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other Liabilities

     Other  liabilities  of $711,000 at December 31, 1995 increased by $128,000,
or 22%, due in large part to increases in accrued  interest  payable on deposits
and other accrued expenses.


Results of Operations -- 1995 As Compared With 1994

     Analysis of Net Interest Income

     Net  interest  income,  the most  significant  component  of the  Company's
earnings,  increased  by  $19,000,  or less  than 1%, to  $4,167,000  in 1995 as
compared to $4,148,000 in 1994. This variance is consistent with the 1% increase
in average  earning  assets during the same period.  Although the mix of earning
assets during 1995 was more heavily weighted

                                       26

<PAGE>



towards loans,  thus improving  interest  income,  a 138 basis point increase in
rates paid on deposits  for 1995 as compared  to 1994 offset  virtually  all the
positive  variances  achieved in interest  income.  As  illustrated in the table
entitled "Net  Interest  Income,  Average  Balances and Rates," the rate paid on
interest-bearing  liabilities  increased  by 138 basis  points to 4.82% in 1995,
while the yield on earning assets increased by 100 basis points to 8.94% in 1995
as compared to 1994.

     Although  the net  interest  spread  (the  difference  between  the average
interest  rate earned on  interest-earning  assets and paid on  interest-bearing
liabilities) decreased by 38 basis points from 4.50% in 1994 to 4.12% in 1995, a
$762,000  increase in the level of earning assets coupled with  improvements  in
the mix of earning  assets during the same period caused net interest  income to
increase  by  $19,000.  The  net  interest  margin  (net  interest  income  as a
percentage of average  interest-earning  assets) for 1995 declined to 5.39% from
5.42% for 1994.  Loans,  the highest yielding  component of earning assets,  now
represent  approximately  78% of total  average  earning  assets as  compared to
approximately 76% for the comparable 1994 period.

     The average balance of core deposits in 1995, excluding $5,000,000 in local
governmental deposits referred to above in the section entitled "Certificates of
Deposit,"  remain  virtually  unchanged  from the 1994  levels.  The increase in
interest  expense is  attributable  to  increases  in rates paid on all  deposit
categories. As shown in the table entitled "Distribution of Assets,  Liabilities
and Stockholders'  Equity:  Interest Rates and Interest Differential Analysis of
Changes in Net Interest Income," the $723,000 increase in interest income due to
increasing  rates was more than  offset by the  $779,000  increase  in  interest
expense due to increasing  rates.  This negative variance in net interest income
due to rates is offset by  increases  in net  interest  income  attributable  to
volume  resulting  in a $19,000  increase  in net  interest  income  for 1995 as
compared to 1994.


     Other Income

     Total  other  income,  which  consists  primarily  of  service  charges  on
deposits,  other fee  income  and gains  (losses)  on  securities  transactions,
increased  by  $51,000,  or 6%, to  $841,000  in 1995 as compared to $790,000 in
1994.  This  increase  is due to  increases  in ATM  income  resulting  from the
installation  of more  efficient ATM  equipment in the  Company's  Union Station
location,  as well as the full year's  effect of the  addition of one new ATM at
that location in April 1994.


     Other Expense

     Total other expense decreased by $1,120,000,  or 23%, to $3,781,000 in 1995
as compared to 1994. Salaries and benefits for 1995 increased by $38,000, or 2%,
to  $1,649,000  as compared to 1994,  primarily  due to normal merit  increases.
Occupancy and equipment expense decreased by $52,000,  or 7%, to $699,000 during
the  same  period,  principally  due to  decreases  in  operating  costs  of the
Company's  main office  location  which are passed through to the Company by the
landlord.  Professional  fees decreased by $534,000,  or 60%, to $353,000.  This
decrease is

                                       27

<PAGE>



attributable  to decreases in legal and other costs  related to the issue of the
Company's ownership,  the expensing in 1994 of previously deferred  professional
fees related to the Company's proposed securities offering, as well as decreases
in legal fees related to three employment  related lawsuits which were concluded
in 1994.  Professional  fees for 1995 include  costs of  approximately  $102,000
incurred  to finalize  the issues  surrounding  the  Company's  ownership.  Data
processing expense increased by $34,000, or 13%, to $300,000 in 1995 as compared
to 1994.  Other operating  expense  decreased by $605,000 in 1995 as compared to
1994. Of this decrease,  $387,000 is attributable  to expenses  incurred in 1994
for two employment  related lawsuits settled in 1994. During 1995, the Company's
wholly owned subsidiary,  The Adams National Bank (the "Bank"), also experienced
an $87,000  decrease in total FDIC insurance  premiums as a result of additional
premium rate  reductions.  Since the Bank is considered well  capitalized  under
regulatory  standards and meets certain other  criteria,  during 1995,  the Bank
paid the  lowest  FDIC  insurance  premium  rate of $.04  per $100 of  deposits.
Beginning  January  1, 1996,  the Bank will pay a flat  $2,000 per year for FDIC
deposit  insurance.  The  remainder of the decrease is due to savings in various
office operating expenses.

     Income Tax Expense

     Income tax expense for 1995 was  recorded at a combined tax rate of 22%, as
the Company eliminated the remaining  valuation allowance on deferred tax assets
during the year. See Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Results of Operations -- 1994 As Compared With 1993

     Analysis of Net Interest Income

     Net interest income increased by $143,000,  or 4%, to $4,148,000 in 1994 as
compared to  $4,005,000 in 1993.  This  positive  variance is a direct result of
both the  $8,616,000,  or 13%,  increase in average  earning assets from 1993 to
1994 and the Company's  efforts to realign its earning assets to maximize yield.
The increase in net  interest  income  occurred  despite an increase in the rate
paid on  interest-bearing  liabilities  and a  decrease  in the rate  earned  on
interest-earning  assets.  As  illustrated  in the table  entitled "Net Interest
Income,   Average  Balances  and  Rates,"  the  rate  paid  on  interest-bearing
liabilities  increased by 48 basis  points to 3.44%,  while the yield on earning
assets  declined  by 17 basis  points to 7.94% in 1994 as  compared  to 1993.  A
significant  contributor  to the  decline  in  earning  asset  yields was a more
competitive  loan pricing  strategy  implemented  during 1994,  resulting in 22%
average loan growth as compared to 1993. In addition,  during 1993,  the Company
recognized as interest income  approximately  $125,000 in purchase  discounts on
the payoff of a portion of the loans purchased from the FDIC. When this interest
income is excluded  from 1993,  the yield on earning  assets for 1993 would have
been 7.93% as compared to 7.94% for 1994. At December 31, 1994, $124,000 in loan
purchase discounts remain to be recognized on loans still outstanding.

     Although the net interest spread decreased by 65 basis points from 5.15% in
1993 to 4.50% in 1994,  an  $8,616,000  increase in the level of earning  assets
coupled with a lesser increase in the level of  interest-bearing  liabilities of
$5,259,000  during the same  period  caused  net  interest  income to  increase.
Despite the  improvement in the mix of earning  assets away from  securities and
short-term investments and towards loans and the increase in net

                                       28

<PAGE>



noninterest-bearing  sources of funds, the net interest margin for 1994 declined
to 5.42% from 5.89% for 1993. Loans in 1994 represent approximately 76% of total
average earning assets as compared to approximately  70% for the comparable 1993
period.

     The 20% increase in average net  noninterest-bearing  sources of funds from
1993 to 1994, coupled with the improvement in both the volume and mix of earning
assets,  was more than offset by the  decreases  in the rates  earned on earning
assets  and the  increase  in the rates  paid on  interest-bearing  liabilities,
resulting  in negative  variances  in both the net  interest  spread and the net
interest  margin.  The net interest spread decreased by 65 basis points to 4.50%
for 1994 as compared to 5.15% for 1993,  while the net interest margin decreased
by 47 basis points to 5.42% during the same period.

     Average  deposits in 1994 grew by  approximately  11% over the 1993 levels.
The  $4,155,000  increase in average  interest-bearing  deposits  during 1994 as
compared with 1993,  coupled with the increase in the rates paid on money market
accounts and  certificates  of deposit  contributed to the $426,000  increase in
total interest  expense.  As shown in the table  entitled "Net Interest  Income,
Average  Balances  and  Rates," the cost of total  interest-bearing  liabilities
increased by 48 basis points from 2.96% in 1993 to 3.44% in 1994.  This increase
in the cost of total  interest-bearing  liabilities occurred despite an increase
in average demand deposits to total deposits from 24% in 1993 to 26% in 1994. As
shown  in  the  table  entitled   "Distribution   of  Assets,   Liabilities  and
Stockholders'  Equity:  Interest  Rates and  Interest  Differential  Analysis of
Changes in Net Interest Income,"  approximately  $707,000 of the increase in net
interest  income is attributable to the improvement in the levels and the mix of
earning assets offset by a $564,000 reduction in net interest income due both to
the decrease in the rates earned on earning assets and the increase in the rates
paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

     Other Income

     Total other  income  decreased  by $95,000,  or 11%, to $790,000 in 1994 as
compared to $885,000 in 1993,  due in part to a decrease in gains on  securities
transactions  during  1994.  During 1994,  one  security was sold for  liquidity
purposes  resulting  in a  nominal  loss.  This  compares  with  the sale of one
security  from  the  held  for  sale  portfolio  resulting  in a gain in 1993 of
$24,000.

     Other Expense

     Total other expense increased by $797,000, or 19%, to $4,901,000 in 1994 as
compared to 1993. Salaries and benefits for 1994 increased by $47,000, or 3%, to
$1,611,000  as  compared  to 1993,  primarily  due to  normal  merit  increases.
Occupancy and equipment expense increased by $76,000, or 11%, to $750,000 during
the same period,  principally due to increases in depreciation  and amortization
expense on the new ATM equipment installed during 1994 coupled with increases in
operating  costs of the Company's main office  location which are passed through
to the Company by the landlord. Professional fees increased by $406,000, or 85%,
to $887,000.  Of this amount  $645,000 is  attributable to legal fees related to
three employment  related lawsuits which were concluded in 1994, legal and other
costs  related to the issue of the  Company's  ownership  and the  expensing  of
previously  deferred  professional  fees related to the Company's  proposed 1994
securities

                                       29

<PAGE>

offering.  See  "Liquidity and Capital  Resources"  for a further  discussion of
issues relating to the Company's ownership.

     Data processing expense increased by $22,000, or 9%, to $266,000 in 1994 as
compared  to 1993.  Other  operating  expense  increased  by $246,000 in 1994 as
compared to 1993. This increase is primarily  attributable to a $387,000 expense
for two employment  related  lawsuits  settled in 1994 as compared to a $250,000
expense for a judgment for damages and a reserve for legal fees  associated with
another  employment related lawsuit in 1993. All three of these employment suits
were concluded  during 1994 with no further amounts owed.  During 1994, the Bank
also  experienced an increase in total FDIC insurance  premiums due to increased
deposit levels.

     Income Tax Expense

     There was no income tax expense  recorded for 1994, as the Company reported
a loss for the year and under  the  criteria  specified  by  generally  accepted
accounting  principles was not permitted to record a net tax benefit. See Note 8
of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

          Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity:
                    Interest Rates and Interest Differential
                   Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income
                                 (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            1995 versus 1994                              1994 versus 1993
                                  ----------------------------------             --------------------------------

                                      Net             Change per:                 Net             Change per:
                                    Increase         -----------                Increase          -----------
                                  (Decrease)1        Rate      Volume          (Decrease)1       Rate       Volume
                                  -----------        ----      ------          -----------       ----       ------
<S>                                  <C>           <C>         <C>              <C>           <C>          <C>

Interest income from:
  Loans (2)                          $  802        $  620      $  182           $   688       $  (265)     $   953
  Securities                            (17)           53         (70)             (113)          (57)         (56)
  Federal funds sold and
    securities purchased under
    agreements to resell                 42            43          (1)                5            16          (11)
  Bankers acceptances                    --            --          --               (17)           --          (17)
  Interest-bearing deposits
    in banks                              5             7          (2)                6             3            3
                                          -             -          --                 -             -            -
    Total interest income (3) (5)       832           723         109               569          (303)         872
                                        ---           ---         ---               ---          ----          ---

Interest expense on:
  Time deposits (4)                     255           279         (24)              131            86           45
  Certificates of deposit               527           468          59               254           174           80
  Short-term borrowings                  35            32           3                43             1           42
  Long-term borrowings                   (4)           --          (4)               (2)           --           (2)
                                         --                        --                --                         --
    Total interest expense (3)          813           779          34               426           261          165
                                        ---           ---          --               ---           ---          ---
    Net interest income (5)          $   19        $  (56)     $   75           $   143       $  (564)     $   707
                                      ======        ======      ======           =======       =======      =======
</TABLE>
- ---------------------------------

(1)  Changes due to both rate and volume are allocated to rate.

(2)  Interest on loans includes loan fees of  approximately  $152,000,  $151,000
     and $151,000 in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

(3)  Changes are computed on a line-by-line basis and do not sum to the rate and
     volume changes of total interest  income or total interest  expense because
     of  changes  in the mix of  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing
     liabilities from year to year.

(4)  Includes transaction accounts.

(5)  No taxable equivalent  adjustments are necessary because the Company had no
     tax-exempt securities or loans during 1995, 1994 and 1993.

                                       30

<PAGE>

                 Net Interest Income, Average Balances and Rates
              For the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
                                 (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1995                           1994                           1993
                                                     ----                           ----                           ----
                                          Average   Income  Average      Average   Income  Average      Average   Income   Average
                                          Balance  Expense     Rate      Balance  Expense     Rate      Balance   Expense    Rate
                                          -------  -------    -----      -------  -------   ------      --------  -------   -----
<S>                                      <C>         <C>        <C>     <C>         <C>          <C>    <C>         <C>       <C>
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
  Loans (1)                              $  60,318   $ 5,902    9.78%   $   58,245  $  5,100     8.76%  $  47,903   $ 4,412   9.21%
  Securities                                14,367       859    5.98        15,609       876     5.61      16,540       989   5.98
  Federal funds sold and repos               2,235       130    5.82         2,246        88     3.92       2,598        83   3.19
  Bankers' acceptances                         --       --       --            --        --       --          528        17   3.22
  Interest-bearing deposits
    in other banks                             433        23    5.31           491        18     3.67         406        12   2.96
                                               ---        --                   ---        --                  ---        --
      Total interest-earning assets         77,353     6,914    8.94        76,591     6,082     7.94      67,975     5,513   8.11
Allowance for loan losses                   (1,299)                         (1,351)                       ( 1,404)
Cash and due from banks                      4,715                           4,951                          4,299
Bank premises and equipment                    320                             364                            396
Other assets                                 1,205                           1,394                          1,728
                                             -----                           -----                          -----
       Total assets                      $  82,294                      $   81,949                      $  72,994
                                          =========                      ==========                     ==========


Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Time deposits                          $  27,740     1,094    3.94    $   28,556       839     2.94   $  26,848       708   2.64
  Certificates of deposit                   27,300     1,544    5.66        25,798     1,017     3.94      23,351       763   3.27
  Federal funds purchased and
    resale agreements                        1,600        89    5.56         1,549        57     3.68         465        17   3.66
  Other short term borrowings                  104         6    5.77            61         3     4.92          --        --     --
  Long-term debt                               233        14    6.01           299        18     6.02         340        20   5.88
                                               ---        --                   ---        --                  ---        --
       Total interest-bearing liabilities   56,977     2,747    4.82        56,263     1,934     3.44      51,004     1,508   2.96
                                                       -----                           -----                          -----
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
  Demand deposits                           18,547                          18,877                         15,687
  Other liabilities                            594                             966                            660
 Stockholders' equity                        6,176                           5,843                          5,643
                                             -----                           -----                          -----
       Total liabilities and
         stockholders' equity            $ 82,294                       $   81,949                      $  72,994
                                         ========                        ==========                      =========

Net interest income (2)                              $ 4,167                        $  4,148                        $ 4,005
                                                      =======                         =======                        =======
Net interest spread                                             4.12%                            4.50%                        5.15%
                                                                ====                             ====                         ====
Net interest margin                                             5.39%                            5.42%                        5.89%
                                                                ====                             ====                         ====
</TABLE>
- ----------------------------

(1)  Nonaccrual  loans are  included in the average loan  balances.  Interest on
     loans  includes fees of  approximately  $152,000,  $151,000 and $151,000 in
     1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

(2)  No taxable equivalent  adjustments are necessary because the Company had no
     tax-exempt securities or loans during 1995, 1994 and 1993.



Asset Quality

     Loan Portfolio and Adequacy of the Allowance for Loan Losses

     Lending  is the  Company's  principal  business.  Inherent  in the  lending
process is the risk of loss. The Company manages the risk characteristics of its
loan portfolio through various control  processes,  such as credit evaluation of
individual borrowers, establishment of

                                       31

<PAGE>



lending limits to individuals and application of lending procedures, such as the
holding of adequate  collateral and the  maintenance of  compensating  balances.
Although  credit policies are designed to minimize risk,  management  recognizes
that loan losses will occur and that the amount of these  losses will  fluctuate
depending on the risk  characteristics  of the loan portfolio as well as general
and regional economic conditions.

     The  provision  for  loan  losses  decreased  to $0 in 1995  from  $221,000
recorded for the prior year.  While the Company  continues to recognize the risk
characteristics  of the loan portfolio,  including specific reserves for problem
credits and general  reserves for the overall loan portfolio,  the Company deems
the allowance for loan losses of $1,274,000 at December 31, 1995 to be adequate.
Although the dollar  amount of the  allowance  for loan losses of  $1,274,000 at
December 31, 1995 has declined from the balance of $1,290,000  one year earlier,
as shown in the table  entitled  "Allocation  of Allowance for Loan Losses," the
portion  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  which  is not  allocated  to any
particular component of the loan portfolio remains virtually unchanged from 1994
levels at $253,000 at December 31, 1995.

     At December  31, 1995,  the  allowance  for loan losses as a percentage  of
outstanding  loans was 2.00% as  compared to 2.12% at December  31,  1994.  This
decrease  is  predominantly  due to  improvement  in  the  quality  of the  loan
portfolio.  See analysis of "Nonperforming  Assets" for a further  discussion of
asset  quality.  In  assessing  the adequacy of the  allowance  for loan losses,
management  primarily relies on its ongoing review of the loan portfolio,  which
is undertaken both to determine  whether there are probable losses which must be
written off and to assess the risk  characteristics  of the loan  portfolio as a
whole. In addition to actual loss experience,  management considers factors such
as  industry  specific  composition  of the loan  portfolio  and the general and
regional economic conditions. This review takes into account the judgment of the
individual loan officer, senior management and the Board of Directors.  The full
Board of  Directors  reviews  the  Company's  Classified  and  Criticized  Loans
Quarterly  Report and quarterly loan loss analyses.  In addition,  the Company's
review takes into account the judgment of the  regulatory  agencies  that review
the loan portfolio as a part of the regular examination process. Such regulatory
agencies may require the Company to recognize  additions to the allowance  based
on their  judgments  about  information  available  to them at the time of their
examination.  The Company  also has an  independent  loan review  performed by a
consultant  on an  annual  basis,  which  during  the  last  two  years  covered
approximately  73% of the dollar volume of the loan portfolio,  and included 96%
of  the  criticized  and  classified  loans.  While  management  uses  available
information  to recognize  losses on loans,  future  additions  may be necessary
based on changes in economic conditions and other factors.

     In reviewing  the adequacy of the  allowance  for loan losses,  the Company
also  prepares  a detailed  migration  analysis  which  measures  the  Company's
historical  loss  experience  relative  to the risk  classifications  within the
individual  loan  portfolio  pools.  This  historical  loss  experience  is then
adjusted for external factors such as trends in volumes and  characteristics  of
loans, national and local economic trends and management experience, among other
factors,

                                       32

<PAGE>



and is applied to the current  outstanding loan portfolio pools within each risk
classification.   Based  on  the  results  of  this  migration  analysis,  which
encompasses all of the factors previously used, management makes a determination
as to the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

     Nonperforming Assets

     Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans, restructured loans, past due
loans and other real estate. Nonaccrual loans consist of loans on which interest
is no longer being accrued.  Restructured loans consist of loans where the terms
have been renegotiated due to a deterioration in the financial  condition of the
borrower. Past due loans include loans ninety days or more past due with respect
to principal or interest.  Other real estate  consists of real property that has
been acquired in satisfaction of debts previously  contracted.  Loans are placed
on nonaccrual  status when, in the opinion of management,  timely  collection of
principal or interest is doubtful.  Thereafter, no interest income is recognized
until such time as the  borrower  demonstrates  a history of ability to pay both
principal and interest on a regular agreed upon basis.

     Total nonperforming assets at December 31, 1995 have increased by $264,000,
or 10%, as  compared to the  December  31, 1994  balance.  As shown in the table
entitled "Analysis of Nonperforming  Assets," the ratio of nonperforming  assets
to total  assets  declined to 3.04% at December  31, 1995 from 3.10% at December
31,  1994,  demonstrating  a modest  improvement  in asset  quality.  Since  the
increase in total loans at December 31, 1995 as compared to one year earlier was
not as  great  as the  corresponding  increase  in total  assets,  the  ratio of
nonperforming  assets to gross loans at December 31, 1995 of 4.42% reflects a 22
basis point  increase from the 4.20% reported at December 31, 1994. In addition,
the  allowance  for loan  losses as a  percentage  of  nonperforming  assets has
decreased  to 45% at  December  31, 1995 from 51% one year  earlier.  Nonaccrual
loans at December  31,  1995 of  $1,561,000  have  increased  by  $317,000  from
$1,244,000 at December 31, 1994, restructured loans have decreased by $56,000 to
$1,245,000  at December 31, 1995 and past due loans have  increased by $3,000 to
$6,000 during the same period. Of the $1,561,000  balance of nonaccrual loans at
December  31,  1995,  $875,000,  or 56%,  are loans  insured  by the U.S.  Small
Business  Administration  (the  "SBA") for an average of 85% of the  outstanding
loan balance.  This compares with $1,013,000 of nonaccrual loans at December 31,
1994,  or 81% of total  nonaccrual  loans,  which were insured by the SBA for an
average of 87% of the outstanding balance.  Banking regulations require that the
full  balance of these  loans be placed on  nonaccrual  status,  despite the SBA
guarantee on a portion of the loan.



                                       33

<PAGE>



     The table  entitled  "Analysis of  Nonperforming  Assets"  below,  presents
nonperforming assets, by category, at December 31, 1995 and 1994.

                        Analysis of Nonperforming Assets
                          At December 31, 1995 and 1994
                                 (In thousands)

                                 At December 31,
                                                          ---------------
                                                         1995        1994
                                                         ----        ----
         Nonaccrual loans:
           Commercial                                  $ 1,244      $1,096
           Real estate - mortgage                          317         148
                                                         -----       -----
             Total nonaccrual loans (1)                  1,561       1,244

         Past due loans:
           Installment - individuals                         6           3
                                                          ----       -----
             Total past due loans                            6           3

         Restructured loans:
           Commercial                                    1,245       1,301
                                                         -----       -----
             Total restructured loans                    1,245       1,301
                                                         -----       -----

             Total nonperforming assets                $ 2,812     $ 2,548
                                                       =======     =======
             Total nonperforming assets exclusive of
               SBA guaranteed balances                 $ 2,070     $ 1,664
                                                       =======     =======
         Ratio of nonperforming assets
           to gross loans (2)                            4.42%       4.20%
         Ratio of nonperforming assets to total
           assets (2)                                    3.04%       3.10%
         Percentage of allowance for loan losses to
           nonperforming assets (2)                     45.30%      50.61%
         Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans        .03%        .55%
- ----------------------------

(1)  Nonaccrual loans include $875,000 and $1,013,000 in loans guaranteed by the
     SBA at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The outstanding balance of
     these loans are insured for 84.9%,  or  $743,000,  and 87.3%,  or $884,000,
     respectively.

(2)  Ratios include SBA guaranteed loan balances.




     For additional information concerning nonaccrual, restructured and past due
loans,  see Note 4 to the Notes to Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included
herein.


                                       34

<PAGE>




     Potential Problem Loans

     At December 31, 1995, loans totalling $618,000 were classified as potential
problem  loans  which  are not  reported  in the  table  entitled  "Analysis  of
Nonperforming  Assets" as compared to  $1,742,000  at December 31,  1994.  These
loans were made to borrowers who are now  experiencing  financial  difficulties.
These financial  difficulties  have caused management to question the ability of
such borrowers to comply with the present repayment terms. The loans are subject
to  management  attention  and their  classification  is reviewed on a quarterly
basis.  Of the potential  problem loans at December 31, 1995, 98% of the balance
represents  loans which are partially to fully secured.  The remaining 2% of the
balance, or $15,000, is guaranteed by the SBA for a total of $13,000.

     Of the  $1,742,000  in problem  loans at December 31, 1994,  $618,000  were
guaranteed  by the SBA for a total of $503,000 and the majority of the remainder
were adequately collateralized.

     Impaired Loans

     In January  1995,  the Company  adopted  Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 114,  "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan" (SFAS No.
114), as amended by SFAS No. 118. This statement  addresses how creditors should
establish  allowances  for credit  losses on individual  loans  determined to be
impaired.  The allowance for loan losses relates to loans that are identified as
impaired includes impairment reserves,  which are based on discounted cash flows
using the loan's  effective  interest  rate, or the fair value of the collateral
for  collateral-dependent  loans, or the observable market price of the impaired
loan.  Loans which were  restructured  prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 114 and
which are performing in accordance with the renegotiated  terms are not required
to be reported as impaired.  Loans  restructured  subsequent  to the adoption of
SFAS  No.  114  are  required  to  be  reported  as  impaired  in  the  year  of
resturcturing.  Thereafter,  such loans can be removed  from the  impaired  loan
disclosure  if the loans were  paying a market  rate of  interest at the time of
restructuring and are performing in accordance with their renegotiated terms. In
accordance  with  SFAS  No.  114,  a  loan  is  classified  as  an  in-substance
foreclosure when the Company has taken  possession of the collateral  regardless
of whether formal foreclosure  proceedings take place. Upon the adoption of SFAS
No. 114, the Company did not change its method of recognizing interest income on
impaired loans.

     At December  31,  1995,  loans  totalling  $2,790,000  were  classified  as
impaired loans,  all of which are reported above as nonaccrual,  restructured or
potential problem loans. For additional  information  concerning impaired loans,
see Note 4 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.




                                       35

<PAGE>



     The table entitled  "Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses" sets forth an
analysis of the  allocation of the allowance for loan losses by categories as of
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.

                     Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses
                          At December 31, 1995 and 1994
                                 (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                          1995                       1994                         1993
                                    ---------------------    ---------------------       ----------------------
                                    Reserve%  of loans       Reserve    % of loans       Reserve     % of loans
                                    Amount  to total loans    Amount  to total loans      Amount  to total loans
                                    ------  --------------    ------  --------------      ------  --------------
<S>                                 <C>       <C>           <C>           <C>              <C>          <C>
Commercial                          $   658    68.08%       $   760        70.33%          $   843       66.80%
Real estate - mortgage                  291    22.12            215        18.13               323       20.57
Real estate - construction               27     4.09             21         5.30                36        4.79
Installment                              45     5.71             46         6.24                67        7.84
Unallocated                             253     --              248          --                117         --
                                        ---    ----             ---        ----                ---       ----
         Total                      $ 1,274   100.00%       $ 1,290       100.00%          $ 1,386      100.00%
                                    =======   ======        =======       ======           =======      ======

</TABLE>



     Loan Concentrations

     For a summary of loan  concentrations by industry,  see Note 4 of the Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements.



Liquidity and Capital Resources

     Interest Sensitivity Management

     The sensitivity of net interest income to fluctuations in interest rates is
known as interest rate risk.  Sensitivity arises when assets and liabilities are
not  subject to rate  repricing  within the same  period.  As shown by the table
entitled "Analysis of Interest Rate Sensitivity," at December 31, 1995, interest
sensitive  assets repricing within each period of less than one year ranges from
120% to 122% of  interest  sensitive  liabilities  repricing  in the  comparable
periods.  When non-rate  sensitive  assets and  liabilities  are  excluded,  the
interest  sensitive  assets in each  remaining  period  beyond  one year  exceed
interest sensitive liabilities  repricing in the comparable periods.  Management
of interest  rate  sensitivity  is monitored by the  Asset/Liability  Investment
Committee  of the Bank which meets  monthly and  includes  members of the Bank's
Board of Directors as well as the Bank's officers.

     The  Committee  meets  monthly  to  consider,   among  other  things,   the
sensitivity of major asset and liability categories to anticipated interest rate
changes. The Company does not

                                       36

<PAGE>



necessarily  attempt to maintain a matched  position for each time frame.  While
interest sensitivity  analysis is a useful tool for asset/liability  management,
limitations  exist which make it difficult to predict the Company's net interest
income solely on the basis of the interest  sensitivity  position.  For example,
the relationship between interest rates earned on loans,  particularly the prime
rate,  and interest  rates paid on deposits is not constant  over time.  Despite
these  limitations,  in an effort  to  better  predict  the  effect of  possible
interest  rate changes on net  interest  income,  the Company  also  prepares an
analysis of the effect on net interest  income of interest rate shocks of 1%, 2%
and 3% in either direction. Based on the Company's interest sensitivity position
and the analyses  performed of the effect of interest rate movements at December
31, 1995, a rising interest rate environment will generally tend to increase net
interest income, while a declining interest rate environment will generally tend
to decrease net interest income.

                      Analysis of Interest Rate Sensitivity
                                December 31, 1995
                                 (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             Total         Non-Rate
                                                     0-90        91-180      181-365          Rate      Sensitive &
                                                     Days         Days         Days       Sensitive     Over 1 Year      Total
                                                     ----         ----         ----       ---------     -----------      -----
<S>                                               <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>
Interest-earning assets:
  Loans                                           $ 27,349       $ 8,691      $ 11,843       $ 47,883      $ 15,709      $63,592
  Securities (1)                                     4,183         1,593         2,756          8,532         5,169       13,701
  Short-term investments                             9,475            95           297          9,867            95        9,962
Noninterest-earning assets                              --            --           --             --          5,110        5,110
                                                     -----         -----         -----          -----         -----        -----
    Total assets                                    41,007        10,379        14,896         66,282        26,083      $92,365

Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Deposits (2)                                      31,760         9,058        12,358         53,176         6,443      $59,619
  Short-term borrowings                              1,786            --            --          1,786            --        1,786
  Long-term debt                                        --           186            --            186            --          186
Noninterest-bearing sources                             --            --            --             --        30,774       30,774
                                                     -----         -----         -----          -----        ------       ------

    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity      33,546         9,244        12,358         55,148        37,217      $92,365
                                                                                                                          ======
Excess (deficiency) of interest sensitive assets over like liabilities:
    For the period                                $  7,461       $ 1,135      $  2,538       $ 11,134     $ (11,134)
    Cumulative                                       7,461         8,596        11,134

Rate sensitive assets/ rate sensitive liabilities:
    Cumulative                                        1.22x         1.20x        1.20x
</TABLE>


(1)  Includes both investment securities and available for sale securities.

(2)  NOW and savings accounts are reflected in the 181-365 days  classification,
     based  on the  Company's  evaluation  of  historical  runoff  and  interest
     sensitivity of these deposits.

                                       37

<PAGE>



     Liquidity

     Principal  sources of liquidity are cash and  unpledged  assets that can be
readily converted into cash, including investment securities maturing within one
year,  the available  for sale  security  portfolio  and  short-term  loans.  In
addition to $14,915,000 in cash and short-term investments at December 31, 1995,
the Company has a securities  portfolio which can be pledged to raise additional
deposits and  borrowings,  if necessary.  At December 31, 1995,  the Company had
$4,658,000  in unpledged  securities  which were  available  for such use.  This
compares  with cash and  short-term  investments  of  $6,140,000  and  unpledged
securities  of $2,738,000 at December 31, 1994. As a percentage of total assets,
the amount of these cash  equivalent  assets at  December  31,  1995 was 21%, as
compared to 11% at December 31, 1994. The Bank's  liquidity  needs are mitigated
by the sizeable base of relatively  stable funds which includes demand deposits,
NOW and money market accounts,  savings deposits and nonbrokered certificates of
deposit under $100,000 (excluding financial institutions)  representing 79%, 80%
and 79% of the average total deposit base in 1995, 1994 and 1993,  respectively.
In addition, the Bank has unsecured lines of credit from correspondent financial
institutions  which can provide up to an  additional  $1,000,000 in liquidity as
well as access to other  collateralized  borrowing  programs.  Although the Bank
maintained  an average loan to deposit  ratio of 82% during  1995,  the Bank has
access to collateralized deposit programs through U.S. government agencies which
can be called  upon to raise  additional  deposits,  thus  lowering  the loan to
deposit  ratio.  Similarly,  the  Company  has  adequate  resources  to meet its
liquidity needs.

     In the second quarter of 1994, the Bank became a member of the Federal Home
Loan Bank of Atlanta (the "FHLB"), which serves as a reserve or central bank for
member  institutions  within  its  region.  Based  on  the  Bank's  purchase  of
approximately  $250,000  of  stock in the FHLB in  August  of 1994,  the Bank is
eligible  to  borrow  up to  approximately  $1,554,000  in  funds  from the FHLB
collateralized  by  loans  secured  by  first  liens  on  one  to  four  family,
multifamily and commercial mortgages as well as investment securities.  The Bank
is eligible to increase the maximum amount to be borrowed by $7,446,000 with the
purchase of $1,205,000 of additional  stock in the FHLB.  During the fiscal year
1995, the Bank borrowed approximately $104,000 on average, however no borrowings
were outstanding at December 31, 1995.

     Stockholders' Equity

     Stockholders'  equity at December 31, 1995  increased by $857,000  over the
prior  year to  $6,619,000  as a result  of the  Company's  1995 net  income  of
$959,000  and the $40,000  decrease in  unrealized  loss on  securities,  net of
taxes,  partially  offset by dividends paid of $142,000.  Average  stockholders'
equity as a percentage of average total assets for 1995 was 7.50% as compared to
7.13% for 1994.


                                       38

<PAGE>



     Under the risk-based capital guidelines issued by the Federal Reserve Board
and the  Comptroller  of the Currency,  total  capital  consists of core capital
(Tier 1) and supplementary  capital (Tier 2). For the Company and the Bank, Tier
1 capital  consists of  stockholders'  equity,  excluding  unrealized  gains and
losses on  securities,  and Tier 2  capital  consists  of long-  term debt and a
portion of the allowance for loan losses.  Assets  include items both on and off
the  balance  sheet,  with each item  being  assigned  a  "risk-weight"  for the
determination of the ratio of capital to risk-adjusted  assets. These guidelines
require a minimum of 8% total capital to risk-adjusted  assets, with at least 4%
being in Tier 1 capital.  At December 31, 1995, the Company's  total  risk-based
capital  ratio and Tier 1 capital ratio of 11.06% and 9.77%,  respectively,  met
the regulatory definition of "well capitalized." Under regulatory guidelines, an
institution  is  generally  considered  "well  capitalized"  if it  has a  total
risk-based  capital  ratio of 10% or  greater,  a Tier 1 capital  ratio of 6% or
greater and a leverage ratio of 5% or greater  (discussed  below).  The December
31,  1995  ratios are based on Tier 1 capital of  $6,659,000,  total  capital of
$7,541,000 and  risk-adjusted  assets of $68,181,000.  At December 31, 1995, the
Bank's total  risk-based  capital  ratio and Tier 1 capital  ratio of 10.69% and
9.40%,  respectively,  also met the regulatory definition of "well capitalized."
The 1995  ratios for the Bank are based on Tier 1 capital of  $6,405,000,  total
capital of $7,287,000 and risk-adjusted assets of $68,172,000.

     The Federal  Reserve  Board and the  Comptroller  of the Currency have also
adopted a minimum  leverage  ratio of Tier 1 capital  to total  assets  which is
intended to supplement the  risk-based  capital  guidelines.  The minimum Tier 1
leverage ratio is 3% for the most highly rated  institutions  which meet certain
standards.  For other banks and bank holding  companies,  the guidelines provide
that the Tier 1 leverage  ratio should be at least 1% to 2% higher.  At December
31, 1995,  the Company's  and the Bank's Tier 1 leverage  ratios based on annual
average  assets  of   $82,294,000   and   $82,216,000   were  8.09%  and  7.79%,
respectively, meeting the regulatory definition of "well capitalized."

     During 1994, the Company's Board of Directors, on the recommendation of the
Special Committee (a Board appointed committee of outside directors comprised of
those of the  Company's  directors who were neither  employees  nor  significant
stockholders of the Company),  adopted a Rights Agreement,  the purpose of which
was to provide the Board of Directors with adequate time to respond  effectively
to a  takeover  attempt  and in a manner  that would  maximize  the value of the
Company for all stockholders.  On July 21, 1995, Citibank,  the Company's former
71% stockholder,  sold its shares and the lawsuit which Citibank brought against
the Company and each of its  directors  in  connection  with the adoption of the
Rights  Agreement was dismissed.  An amendment to the Company's Rights Agreement
on April 20, 1995 exempted this transaction  from triggering the  exercisability
of the Rights. For a further discussion of the Rights Agreement,  see Note 17 to
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.

Changes in Accounting Principles

     For a discussion  of changes in  accounting  principles,  see Note 1 of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       39

<PAGE>



Item 7.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.


                      ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                                                                         Page
                                                                         ----

Independent Auditors' Report...............................................41

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
  December 31, 1995 and 1994...............................................42

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the
  years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.............................43

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for
  the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.........................45

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the
  years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.............................46

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................48







                                       40

<PAGE>



Independent Auditors' Report

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc.

We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of Abigail Adams
National Bancorp,  Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the
related consolidated  statements of operations,  changes in stockholders' equity
and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1995. These  consolidated  financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  financial  position of Abigail  Adams
National  Bancorp,  Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and the
results  of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the years in the
three- year period  ended  December  31,  1995,  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.




/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP






Washington, D.C.
January 26, 1996



                                       41

<PAGE>

               ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                           Consolidated Balance Sheets
                           December 31, 1995 and 1994
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               1995                  1994
                                                                               ----                  ----
<S>                                                                      <C>                   <C>
Assets
Cash and due from banks (Note 2)                                         $   4,953,200         $   4,349,250
Short-term investments:
  Federal funds sold                                                         9,475,000             1,300,000
  Interest-bearing deposits in other banks                                     486,715               490,715
                                                                               -------               -------
    Total short-term investments                                             9,961,715             1,790,715

Securities available for sale (Note 3)                                       5,508,406             6,009,025
Investment securities (market value of $8,309,265 and $8,838,874
  for 1995 and 1994, respectively) (Note 3)                                  8,192,647             9,080,778

Loans (net of deferred fees and unearned discounts) (Notes 4 and 10)        63,592,395            60,729,437
  Less:  Allowance for loan losses (Note 4)                                 (1,273,965)           (1,289,562)
                                                                            ----------            ----------
      Loans, net                                                            62,318,430            59,439,875

Bank premises and equipment, net (Note 5)                                      277,517               369,218
Other assets (Note 8)                                                        1,152,761             1,221,580
                                                                             ---------             ---------
      Total assets                                                       $  92,364,676         $  82,260,441
                                                                         =============         =============

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Liabilities:
  Deposits (Notes 3 and 6):
    Demand deposits                                                      $  23,443,937         $  19,677,159
    NOW accounts                                                             7,343,282            10,381,478
    Money market accounts                                                   21,391,814            17,850,822
    Savings accounts                                                         1,317,226             1,225,538
    Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or greater                          13,590,946            13,651,233
    Certificates of deposit less than $100,000                              15,975,990            12,507,272
                                                                            ----------            ----------
      Total deposits                                                        83,063,195            75,293,502
                                                                            ----------            ----------

  Short-term borrowings (Note 10)                                            1,785,402               360,708
  Long-term debt -- capital note (Note 9)                                      186,250               260,750
  Other liabilities                                                            710,963               583,211
                                                                               -------               -------
      Total liabilities                                                     85,745,810            76,498,171
                                                                            ----------            ----------

Stockholders' equity (Notes 9 and 12):
  Common stock, par value $10 per share, authorized 800,000 shares;
     issued 286,404 shares; outstanding 284,844 shares in 1995 and 1994      2,864,040             2,864,040
  Additional paid-in capital                                                 3,291,973             3,291,973
  Retained earnings (deficit)                                                  531,830              (284,646)
                                                                               -------              --------
                                                                              6,687,843            5,871,367
  Less:  Treasury stock, 1,560 shares at cost                                  (28,710)              (28,710)
  Less:  Unrealized loss on securities, net of taxes                           (40,267)              (80,387)
                                                                               -------               -------

      Total stockholders' equity                                             6,618,866             5,762,270
                                                                             ---------             ---------

      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                         $  92,364,676         $  82,260,441
                                                                         =============         =============
</TABLE>

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Notes 7 and 11)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       42

<PAGE>




               ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                      Consolidated Statements of Operations
                  Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 1995          1994          1993
                                                                                 ----          ----          ----
<S>                                                                         <C>           <C>           <C>

Interest income:
  Interest and fees on loans (Note 4)                                       $ 5,902,325   $ 5,100,609   $ 4,412,001

  Interest on securities available/held for sale:
    U.S. Treasury                                                               175,979       220,986       238,443
    Obligations of U.S. government agencies                                     128,954       173,619       251,849
                                                                                -------       -------       -------
        Total interest on securities available/held for sale                    304,933       394,605       490,292

  Interest and dividends on investment securities:
    U.S. Treasury                                                                69,417        45,055           --
    Obligations of U.S. government agencies                                     413,396       373,813       379,806
    Mortgage-backed securities                                                   38,539        50,862        85,919
    Other securities                                                             32,460        11,774        32,549
                                                                                 ------        ------        ------
        Total interest and dividends on investment securities                   553,812       481,504       498,274


  Interest on short-term investments:
    Federal funds sold                                                          130,069        87,954        83,108
    Bankers' acceptances                                                            --            --         16,820
    Deposits with other banks                                                    22,920        18,025        12,573
                                                                                 ------        ------        ------
        Total interest on short-term investments                                152,989       105,979       112,501
                                                                                -------       -------       -------
        Total interest income                                                 6,914,059     6,082,697     5,513,068
                                                                              ---------     ---------     ---------

Interest expense:
  Interest on deposits (Note 6):
    NOW accounts                                                                249,377       264,771       256,815
    Money market accounts                                                       812,916       544,798       418,340
    Savings accounts                                                             31,060        29,125        32,961
    Certificates of deposit:
      $100,000 or greater                                                       698,356       525,099       421,563
      Less than $100,000                                                        845,681       492,134       341,275
                --------                                                        -------       -------       -------
        Total interest on deposits                                            2,637,390     1,855,927     1,470,954

  Interest on short-term borrowings:
    Federal funds purchased and
      repurchase agreements                                                      88,871        57,131        16,502
    Other short-term borrowings                                                   6,364         3,382            --
                                                                                  -----         -----
      Total interest on short-term borrowings                                    95,235        60,513        16,502

  Interest on capital note (Note 9)                                              13,969        18,028        20,445
                                                                                 ------        ------        ------

        Total interest expense                                                2,746,594     1,934,468     1,507,901
                                                                              ---------     ---------     ---------
        Net interest income                                                   4,167,465     4,148,229     4,005,167
Provision for loan losses (Note 4)                                                   --       221,572       175,000
                                                                                 ------       -------       -------
       Net interest income after provision for
         loan losses                                                          4,167,465     3,926,657     3,830,167
                                                                              ---------     ---------     ---------
                                                                                                         (Continued)
</TABLE>

                                       43

<PAGE>



               ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                Consolidated Statements of Operations (Continued)
                  Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                 1995          1994            1993
                                                                                 ----          ----            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>           <C>            <C>
Other income:
  Service charges on deposit accounts                                           737,059       696,829        669,242
  Other income                                                                  103,712        93,837        191,040
  Gain (loss) on securities transactions                                             --          (281)        24,495
                                                                                 ------          ----         ------
        Total other income                                                      840,771       790,385        884,777
                                                                                -------       -------        -------

Other expense:
  Salaries and employee benefits                                              1,649,071     1,611,127      1,564,364
  Occupancy and equipment expense (Notes 5 and 7)                               698,570       750,359        674,341
  Professional fees                                                             353,205       887,347        480,860
  Data processing fees                                                          299,580       265,897        243,742
  Other operating expense (Note 16)                                             781,000     1,386,444      1,140,578
                                                                                -------     ---------      ---------
         Total other expense                                                  3,781,426     4,901,174      4,103,885
                                                                               ---------    ---------      ---------

       Income (loss) before taxes                                             1,226,810      (184,132)       611,059
Applicable income tax expense (Note 8)                                          267,912            --             --
                                                                                -------        ------         ------

        Net income (loss)                                                   $   958,898   $  (184,132)   $   611,059
                                                                            ===========   ===========    ===========

        Net income (loss) per common share                                     $   3.37      $  (0.65)      $   2.15
                                                                               ========      ========        ========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       44

<PAGE>



               ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
                  Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Additional          Retained                    Unrealized
                                           Common          Paid-in          Earnings       Treasury      Loss on
                                            Stock          Capital         (Deficit)          Stock     Securities       Total
                                            -----          -------         ---------          -----     ----------       -----
<S>                                  <C>              <C>                <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>

Balance at January 1, 1993           $  2,864,040     $  3,291,973       $ (711,573)     $ (28,710)    $    ---      $ 5,415,730
  Net income                                  ---              ---          611,059            ---          ---          611,059
                                       ----------        ---------         --------        --------       -------       --------
Balance at December 31, 1993            2,864,040        3,291,973         (100,514)       (28,710)         ---        6,026,789
  Net loss                                    ---              ---         (184,132)           ---          ---         (184,132)
  Unrealized loss on securities,
     net of taxes                             ---              ---              ---             ---       (80,387)       (80,387)
                                        ---------        ---------         --------        --------       --------      --------
Balance at December 31, 1994            2,864,040        3,291,973         (284,646)       (28,710)       (80,387)     5,762,270
  Net income                                  ---              ---          958,898            ---          ---          958,898
  Dividends declared                          ---              ---         (142,422)           ---          ---         (142,422)
  Unrealized gain on securities,
    net of taxes                              ---              ---              ---            ---         40,120         40,120
                                        ---------        ---------          -------         -------       -------       --------

Balance at December 31,1995          $  2,864,040     $  3,291,973        $ 531,830     $  (28,710)    $  (40,267)   $ 6,618,866
                                     ============     ============        =========      ==========      ========    ===========
</TABLE>



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       45

<PAGE>




               ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                  Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             1995              1994               1993
                                                                             ----              ----               ----
<S>                                                                   <C>                <C>                <C>

Operating Activities
Net income (loss)                                                     $    958,898       $  (184,132)        $  611,059
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
  provided (used) by operating activities:
    Provision for loan and other real estate losses                            --            221,572            179,775
    Depreciation, amortization and retirement
      of bank premises and equipment                                       146,084           154,177            140,159
    Loss (gain) on sale of securities                                          --                281            (24,495)
    Loss on sale of other real estate                                          --             11,516                 --
    Accretion of loan discounts                                           (106,116)           (6,549)          (184,412)
    Amortization and accretion of discounts and
      premiums on securities                                                19,097            33,226             61,779
    Benefit (provision) for deferred income taxes                         (300,227)          254,046           (356,630)
    Decrease (increase) in other assets                                    369,045          (444,958)           621,994
    Increase (decrease) in other liabilities                               (11,874)         (476,874)           684,933
                                                                           -------          --------            -------
      Net cash provided (used) by operating activities                   1,074,907          (437,695)         1,734,162
                                                                         ---------          --------          ---------

Investing Activities
Proceeds from repayment and maturity
  of investment securities                                               1,888,400           800,000          5,314,450
Proceeds from maturity of securities
  available/held for sale                                               10,000,000         6,750,000          3,950,000
Proceeds from repayment of mortgage-
  backed securities                                                        126,951           258,705            647,776
Proceeds from sale of securities                                               --            449,718          1,524,495
Purchase of investment securities                                       (1,092,225)       (1,758,334)                --
Purchase of securities available/held for sale                          (9,485,625)       (5,747,500)        (8,889,403)
Net decrease (increase) in interest-bearing deposits
  in other banks                                                             4,000                --            (94,715)
Principal collected on loans                                            14,072,132        10,402,119         13,616,541
Loans originated                                                       (12,771,600)      (16,665,764)       (18,254,957)
Loans purchased from FDIC as receiver for other banks                          --           (493,086)        (6,418,028)
Net decrease (increase) in short-term loans                                (96,137)         (160,958)            (9,000)
Net decrease (increase) in lines of credit                              (3,936,146)          754,607           (339,495)
Purchase of bank premises and equipment                                    (54,383)         (184,284)           (44,499)
Proceeds from disposition of other real estate                                   --          716,984                 --
                                                                          --------           -------          ---------
      Net cash used by investing activities                             (1,344,633)       (4,877,793)        (8,996,835)
                                                                        ----------        ----------         ---------- 

Financing Activities
Net increase (decrease) in transaction
  and savings deposits                                                   4,361,262         2,948,474          3,949,010
Proceeds from issuance of time deposits                                 40,745,855        34,897,519         45,663,732
Payments for maturing time deposits                                    (37,337,424)      (35,008,768)       (38,003,294)
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings                         1,424,694           165,818         (1,400,110)
Payments on long-term debt                                                 (74,500)          (56,250)           (38,000)
Cash dividends paid to common stockholders                                 (71,211)              --                 --
                                                                           -------          --------           --------
      Net cash provided by financing activities                          9,048,676         2,946,793         10,171,338
                                                                         ---------         ---------         ----------

      Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                   8,778,950        (2,368,695)         2,908,665
      Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                     5,649,250         8,017,945          5,109,280
                                                                         ---------         ---------          ---------
      Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                        $ 14,428,200       $ 5,649,250        $ 8,017,945
                                                                      ============       ===========        ===========
</TABLE>

                                       46

<PAGE>



               ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                  Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            1995              1994               1993
                                                                            ----              ----               ----
<S>                                                                   <C>               <C>                 <C>

Supplementary disclosures:

  Interest paid on deposits and borrowings                            $   2,711,626     $   1,924,179       $  1,401,879
                                                                      =============     =============       ============

  Income taxes paid                                                   $     327,593     $     511,250       $      8,000
                                                                      =============     ==============      =============

  Securities transferred to investment
    securities                                                        $          --     $   3,500,000       $        --
                                                                      =============       ============       ============
</TABLE>









See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       47

<PAGE>




               ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                           December 31, 1995 and 1994

1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

     Abigail Adams National  Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Company") and its wholly-owned
     subsidiary,  The Adams National Bank (the "Bank"),  prepare their financial
     statements on the accrual basis and in conformity  with generally  accepted
     accounting  principles.   The  more  significant  accounting  policies  are
     explained  below.  As used herein,  the term the Company  includes the Bank
     unless the context otherwise requires.

     (a)  Principles of  Consolidation
          The  consolidated  financial  statements  include the  accounts of the
          Company  and the  Bank.  All  significant  intercompany  accounts  and
          transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

     (b)  Cash  and Cash  Equivalents
          The Company has defined  cash and cash  equivalents  as those  amounts
          included in cash and due from banks and Federal funds sold.

     (c)  Securities
          Management determines the appropriate classifications of securities at
          the time of purchase. Securities which the Company has the ability and
          the  intent  to hold  until  maturity  are  classified  as  investment
          securities and reported at amortized cost.  Securities bought and held
          principally  for the  purpose  of  selling  them in the near  term are
          classified   as  trading  and  reported  at  fair  market  value  with
          unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. Securities which are
          not  classified  as  trading or held to  maturity  are  classified  as
          available  for sale and are  reported  at fair value  with  unrealized
          gains and losses  reported as a separate  component  of  stockholders'
          equity. The unrealized loss on securities recognized had the effect of
          decreasing  the  Company's   stockholders'   equity  by  approximately
          $40,000,  and  $80,000,  net of tax,  at  December  31, 1995 and 1994,
          respectively. The Company does not maintain a trading account.

          Premiums and discounts are amortized using a method which approximates
          the interest method over the term of the security.

     (d)  Loans
          Loans are stated at unpaid principal amount,  net of unearned discount
          and deferred loan fees and costs.

          The  Company  discontinues  the  accrual of  interest  when the timely
          collection of principal or interest is doubtful. Interest accruals are
          resumed on such loans when they are brought fully current with respect
          to interest and principal or when, in the judgment of management,  the
          loans have  demonstrated a new period of performance and are estimated
          to be fully collectible as to both principal and interest.


     (e)  Allowance  for Loan Losses
          The allowance for loan losses is a current estimate of the anticipated
          losses in the present loan  portfolio.  The  allowance is increased by
          provisions  charged  to  operating  expenses  and  decreased  by  loan
          charge-offs, net of recoveries. The allowance for loan losses is based
          on  management's  evaluation of several  factors,  including loan loss
          experience,  composition  and  volume of the loan  portfolio,  overall
          portfolio  quality,  review of  specific  problem  loans  and  current
          economic trends and specific conditions that may effect the borrower's
          ability  to pay.  In  addition,  various  regulatory  agencies,  as an
          integral part of their examination  process,  periodically  review the
          Company's  allowance  for loan losses.  Such  agencies may require the
          Company  to  recognize  additions  to the  allowance  based  on  their
          judgments  about  information  available  to them at the time of their
          examination.  Management  believes that the current allowance for loan
          losses is adequate to absorb  losses that are  inherent in the current
          loan portfolio.


                                       48

<PAGE>
     (f)  Loan  Origination  Fees and Costs
          All fee income received from loan origination and purchases as well as
          costs directly attributable to the loan origination are deferred.  The
          net deferred  fees are amortized  into  interest  income on loans as a
          yield  adjustment  over the estimated life of the loan.  Deferred fees
          and costs are not amortized during periods in which interest income is
          not being recognized because of concerns about the realization of loan
          principal or interest.  Discounts obtained on loans purchased from the
          FDIC as receiver for other banks are considered  credit  discounts and
          are not  amortized  into income  until such time as a periodic  credit
          evaluation deems that the discount, or a portion thereof, is no longer
          necessary or until such time as the loans have paid off. If the credit
          evaluation  deems all or some of the discount is no longer  necessary,
          it is then amortized into interest on loans as a yield adjustment over
          the remaining estimated life of the loan.

     (g)  Depreciation
          Depreciation  of Bank  premises  and  equipment  is computed  over the
          estimated useful lives of the respective assets, ranging from three to
          five years, on the  straight-line  basis.  Leasehold  improvements are
          amortized on a straight-line  basis over the estimated useful lives of
          the respective assets or the terms of the respective leases, whichever
          is shorter.  Expenditures  for major renewals and  betterments of Bank
          premises  and  equipment  are   capitalized  at  cost  and  those  for
          maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

     (h)  Other real estate
          Other  real  estate   includes  assets  that  have  been  acquired  in
          satisfaction of debt ("assets owned") and  in-substance  foreclosures.
          Other real estate is recorded at the lower of cost or fair value.  Any
          valuation  adjustments required at the date of transfer are charged to
          the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequent to acquisition,  other real
          estate is  carried at the lower of its cost  basis at  foreclosure  or
          fair  value  less  estimated   selling  costs,   based  upon  periodic
          evaluations.

     (i)  Income Taxes
          Deferred tax assets and  liabilities are recognized for the future tax
          consequences   attributable  to  differences   between  the  financial
          statement  carrying  amounts of existing  assets and  liabilities  and
          their  respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and  liabilities are
          measured  using enacted tax rates  expected to apply to taxable income
          in the years in which those  temporary  differences are expected to be
          recovered   or  settled.   The  effect  on  deferred  tax  assets  and
          liabilities  of a change in tax rates is  recognized  in income in the
          period that includes the enactment date.

     (j)  Net Income (Loss) Per Share
          Net income  (loss) per common  share is  calculated  by  dividing  net
          income  (loss)  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares
          outstanding during the year, 284,844 in 1995, 1994 and 1993.

     (k)  Fair Value Disclosures
          In December,  1991 the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued
          Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 107, "Disclosures About
          Fair Value of  Financial  Instruments"  (SFAS No.  107).  SFAS No. 107
          requires entities to disclose the fair value of financial instruments,
          both  assets and  liabilities  recognized  and not  recognized  in the
          statement of financial position, for which it is practical to estimate
          fair value.  SFAS No. 107 is effective for the Company at December 31,
          1995.  The  fair  value  of the  Company's  financial  instruments  is
          reported in Note 18.

     (l)  Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan
          The  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board has issued  Statement  of
          Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors for
          Impairment  of a Loan"  (SFAS  No.  114) and  Statement  of  Financial
          Accounting  Standards No. 118, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment
          of a Loan - Income  Recognition and Disclosures"  (SFAS No. 118) which
          amended SFAS No. 114. SFAS No. 114 and SFAS No. 118 require  creditors
          to measure  impaired  loans in one of three ways: the present value of
          expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest
          rate,  the  loan's  observable  market  price or the fair value of the
          underlying  collateral.  If the measure of the  impaired  loan is less
          than the recorded investment in the loan, the creditor shall recognize
          the impairment by creating a valuation  allowance with a corresponding
          charge to expense.  SFAS No. 114 and SFAS No. 118 were  adopted by the
          Company as of January 1, 1995.  The  adoption of SFAS No. 114 and SFAS
          No. 118 did not have a material impact on the Company.



                                       49

<PAGE>
     (m)  Derivative Financial Instruments
          In October  1994,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued
          Statement of Financial  Accounting Standard No. 119, "Disclosure about
          Derivative   Financial   Instruments   and  Fair  Value  of  Financial
          Instruments"  (SFAS  No.  119).  SFAS No.  119  requires  entities  to
          disclose  the  amount,  nature and terms of all  derivative  financial
          instruments,  such as futures,  forward, swap or option contracts,  or
          other  financial  instruments  with  similar  characteristics,  and to
          separately  disclose certain information about these instruments which
          are held or issued for  trading  purposes  and those which are held or
          issued for purposes other than trading. SFAS No. 119 was adopted as of
          January 1, 1995.

     (n)  Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
          In  March  1995,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued
          Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 121, "Accounting for
          the Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to Be
          Disposed Of" (SFAS No. 121).  SFAS No. 121 requires  that assets to be
          held  and  used  be  evaluated  for  impairment   whenever  events  or
          circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.
          SFAS No. 121 also  requires  that assets to be disposed of be reported
          at the lower of cost or fair value less selling costs.  Implementation
          of SFAS No.  121 is not  expected  to have a  material  impact  on the
          results of operations or financial position. SFAS No. 121 is effective
          for the Company as of January 1, 1996.

     (o)  Accounting for Mortgage Servicing Rights
          In May 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
          of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 122,  "Accounting for Mortgage
          Servicing Rights" (SFAS No. 122). SFAS No. 122 provides accounting for
          mortgage  servicers that sell or securitize loans and retain servicing
          rights.  SFAS No. 122 is effective as of January 1, 1996.  The Company
          does  not  sell  or  securitize   mortgage  loans  and  therefore  the
          implementation of SFAS No. 122 will not have a material impact.

     (p)  Accounting for Stock Based Compensation
          In October  1995,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued
          Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 123, "Accounting for
          Stock  Based  Compensation"  (SFAS  No.  123).  SFAS  No.  123  allows
          companies  either to  continue  to account  for  stock-based  employee
          compensation plans under existing  accounting  standards or to adopt a
          fair-value- based method of accounting as defined in the new standard.
          The Company will follow the existing  accounting  standards  for these
          plans,  but  will  provide  pro-forma  disclosure  of net  income  and
          earnings  per share as if the expense  provisions  of SFAS No. 123 had
          been adopted.

     (q)  Risks and Uncertainties
          The   Company  is  subject  to   competition   from  other   financial
          institutions,  and is  also  subject  to the  regulations  of  certain
          federal   agencies  and  undergoes   periodic   examination  by  those
          regulatory authorities.

          The  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  conformity  with
          generally accepted accounting  principles.  In preparing the financial
          statements,  management is required to make estimates and  assumptions
          that affect the reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities as of the
          date of the balance  sheet and  revenues  and expenses for the period.
          Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

          Material  estimates that are  particularly  susceptible to significant
          change in the near-term  relate to the  determination of the allowance
          for  loan  losses  and  the  valuation  of  real  estate  acquired  in
          connection   with   foreclosures  or  in  satisfaction  of  loans.  In
          connection with the  determination  of the allowances for loans losses
          and other real estate,  management  periodically  obtains  independent
          appraisals for significant properties.

     (r)  Reclassifications
          Certain   reclassifications  have  been  made  to  amounts  previously
          reported in 1994 and 1993 to conform with the 1995 presentation.

2.   Restrictions on Cash Balances
     Included  in cash and due from  banks are  balances  maintained  within the
     Company to satisfy legally required reserves and to compensate for services
     provided from correspondent  banks.  Balances maintained totaled $1,475,000
     and $1,526,000 at December 31, 1995 and 1994,  respectively.  There were no
     other  withdrawal,  usage  restrictions  or legally  required  compensating
     balances at December 31, 1995 or 1994.

                                       50

<PAGE>
3.   Securities
     Investment  securities  at  December  31, 1995 and 1994 are  summarized  as
     follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1995
                                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Gross           Gross
                                                      Adjusted         Unrealized       Unrealized          Market
                                                     Cost Basis           Gains           Losses             Value
                                                     ----------           -----           ------             -----
     <S>                                          <C>                 <C>            <C>               <C>
     U.S. Treasury:
         Within one year                          $   1,499,200       $     1,581    $         --      $   1,500,781
                                                   ------------        ----------       ----------      ------------
             Total                                    1,499,200             1,581              --          1,500,781
                                                    ------------       ----------       ----------       ------------
     Obligations of U.S. government
      agencies and corporations:
         Within one year                              1,005,685             9,627              --          1,015,312
         After one, but within five years             4,875,445            90,630           2,500          4,963,575
                                                      ---------            ------           -----          ---------
             Total                                    5,881,130           100,257           2,500          5,978,887
                                                      ---------           -------           -----          ---------
     Mortgage-backed securities:
       Federal National Mortgage Association:
         After one, but within five years                16,961               343              --             17,304
      Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp.:
         After five but within ten years                368,656            16,937              --            385,593
                                                        -------            ------            -----           -------
             Total                                      385,617            17,280              --            402,897
                                                        -------            ------            -----           -------
     Corporate securities (1)                            12,500                --               --            12,500
                                                         ------             -----             -----           ------
     Federal Reserve Bank Stock (1)                     162,700                --               --           162,700
                                                        -------             -----             -----          -------
     Federal Home Loan Bank Stock (1)                   251,500                --               --           251,500
                                                        -------             -----             -----          -------
             Total investment securities          $   8,192,647         $ 119,118       $    2,500     $   8,309,265
                                                    ============        =========        ==========     =============
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1994
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Gross           Gross
                                                      Adjusted         Unrealized       Unrealized          Market
                                                     Cost Basis           Gains           Losses             Value
                                                     ----------           -----           ------             -----
     <S>                                            <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>
     U.S. Treasury:
         Within one year                            $   987,423       $        --      $    15,861       $   971,562
         After one, but within five years               496,767                --            9,111           487,656
                                                        -------             ------           -----           -------
             Total                                    1,484,190                --           24,972         1,459,218
                                                      ---------              -----          ------         ---------
     Obligations of U.S. government
      agencies and corporations:
         After one, but within five years             6,657,520                --          215,935         6,441,585
                                                      ---------              -----         -------         ---------
             Total                                    6,657,520                --          215,935         6,441,585
                                                      ---------              -----         -------         ---------
     Mortgage-backed securities:
       Federal National Mortgage Association:
         After one, but within five years                30,076               577               --            30,653
      Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp.:
         After five but within ten years                482,292               952            2,526           480,718
                                                        -------               ---            -----           -------
             Total                                      512,368             1,529            2,526           511,371
                                                        -------             -----            -----           -------

     Corporate securities (1)                            12,500                --               --            12,500
                                                         ------              -----            -----           ------
     Federal Reserve Bank Stock (1)                     162,700                --               --           162,700
                                                        -------              -----            -----          -------
     Federal Home Loan Bank Stock (1)                   251,500                --               --           251,500
                                                        -------             ------         -------           -------
             Total investment securities             $9,080,778           $ 1,529        $ 243,433        $8,838,874
                                                     ==========           ========        =========        ==========
</TABLE>

(1)  Corporate  securities  and Federal  Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank
     Stocks have no stated maturities.

                                       51
<PAGE>
     Securities  available for sale at December 31, 1995 and 1994 are summarized
     below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1995
                                                      --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Gross           Gross
                                                       Adjusted         Unrealized       Unrealized          Market
                                                      Cost Basis           Gains           Losses             Value
                                                      ----------           -----           ------             -----
     <S>                                             <C>                <C>             <C>               <C>
     U.S. Treasury:
         Within one year                             $ 1,995,654        $    6,220      $       --        $ 2,001,874
                                                     -----------             -----        --------        -----------
             Total                                     1,995,624             6,220              --          2,001,874
                                                       ---------             -----        --------          ---------
     Obligations of U.S. government
      agencies and corporations:
         Within one year                               2,501,562            1,249               --          2,502,811
         After one, but within five years              1,000,000             3,721              --          1,003,721
                                                       ---------             -----         -------          ---------
             Total                                     3,501,562             4,970              --          3,506,532
                                                       ---------             -----          ------          ---------
             Total securities available for sale     $ 5,497,216          $ 11,190       $      --        $ 5,508,406
                                                     ===========          ========         =======         ===========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1994
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Gross           Gross
                                                      Adjusted         Unrealized       Unrealized          Market
                                                     Cost Basis           Gains           Losses             Value
                                                     ----------           -----           ------             -----
     <S>                                             <C>               <C>                <C>            <C>
     U.S. Treasury:
         Within one year                             $ 3,024,521        $     --           $  7,646       $ 3,016,875
                                                     -----------         -------            -------       -----------
             Total                                     3,024,521              --              7,646         3,016,875
                                                       ---------         -------              -----         ---------
     Obligations of U.S. government
      agencies and corporations:
         Within one year                               2,998,757              --              6,607         2,992,150
                                                       ---------          ------              -----         ---------
             Total                                     2,998,757              --              6,607         2,992,150
                                                       ---------          ------              -----         ---------
             Total securities available for sale     $ 6,023,278        $     --           $ 14,253       $ 6,009,025
                                                     ===========        ========           ========       ===========
</TABLE>

     Securities in the amount of  approximately  $8,616,000 and $11,925,000 were
     pledged to  collateralize  public  deposits and  repurchase  agreements  at
     December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

     The Company had no securities  exempt from federal taxation during 1995 and
     1994 or any  securities  whose book value as to any single issuer  exceeded
     10% of stockholders' equity.

4.   Loans

     Loans at December 31, 1995 and 1994 are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1995                1994
                                                                ----                ----
        <S>                                                 <C>                 <C>
        Commercial and industrial                           $ 43,547,303        $ 42,960,687
        Real estate - mortgages                               14,150,578          11,074,167
        Real estate - construction and development             2,617,836           3,237,156
        Installment to individuals                             3,652,022           3,816,083
                                                               ---------           ---------

                                                              63,967,739          61,088,093
        Less:  Deferred income and unearned discounts           (375,344)           (358,656)
                                                                --------            --------

          Total                                             $ 63,592,395        $ 60,729,437
                                                            ============        ============
</TABLE>

                                       52

<PAGE>
     Loan  concentrations  at  December  31,  1995 and 1994  are  summarized  as
     follows:


                                                1995             1994
                                                ----             ----
     Service industry                            38%              34%
     Real estate development/finance             32%              32%
     Wholesale/retail                            21%              21%
             Other                                9%              13%
                                                 --               --
               Total                            100%             100%
                                                ===              ===

     A substantial portion,  $41,418,000,  or approximately 65%, at December 31,
     1995, and $41,862,000,  or approximately  69%, at December 31, 1994, of the
     Company's  loans  are  secured  by  real  estate  in the  Washington,  D.C.
     metropolitan   area.   Accordingly,   the  ultimate   collectibility  of  a
     substantial  portion of the  Company's  loan  portfolio is  susceptible  to
     changes in market conditions in the Washington metropolitan area.

     Transactions  in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December
     31, 1995 and 1994 are summarized as follows:

                                     1995              1994           1993
                                     ----              ----           ----

     Balance at January 1        $ 1,289,562     $ 1,385,875    $ 1,320,487

      Provision for loan losses          --          221,572        175,000

     Recoveries                       97,993         156,374         97,552
     Loans charged off              (113,590)       (474,259)      (207,164)
                                    --------        --------       --------
        Net charge-offs              (15,597)       (317,885)      (109,612)
                                     -------        --------       --------

     Balance at December 31      $ 1,273,965     $ 1,289,562    $ 1,385,875
                                 ===========     ===========    ===========

     Included in the accompanying  consolidated balance sheets are certain loans
     that are  accounted  for on a  nonaccrual  basis.  These  nonaccrual  loans
     totaled approximately $1,561,000, $1,244,000 and $1,733,000 at December 31,
     1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. Had the loans been current in accordance
     with their original terms, gross interest income for these loans would have
     been $212,000,  $150,000 and $154,000 in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
     Actual  recorded  interest  income on these loans was $40,000,  $53,000 and
     $82,000 in 1995,  1994 and 1993,  respectively.  Nonaccrual  loans  include
     $875,000,  $1,013,000 and $1,151,000 in loans  guaranteed by the U.S. Small
     Business Administration at December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993,  respectively.
     These  loans are  guaranteed  for an  average  of 84.9% of the  outstanding
     balance, or $743,000,  87.3% of the outstanding  balance, or $884,000,  and
     77.4% of the  outstanding  balance,  or $891,000 at December 31, 1995, 1994
     and 1993,  respectively.  Also  included in the  accompanying  consolidated
     balance  sheets  are  $1,245,000,  $1,301,000  and  $1,502,000  in loans at
     December  31,  1995,  1994 and 1993,  respectively,  restructured  due to a
     deterioration in the financial condition of the borrowers.  Actual interest
     income recorded  subsequent to the date of  restructuring on loans reported
     as  restructured  at each year-end was  $124,000,  $110,000 and $148,000 in
     1995,  1994 and 1993,  respectively.  As of year-end  1995,  1994 and 1993,
     these loans were  performing in  accordance  with the  restructured  terms.
     Nonaccrual  loans at December  31, 1995 and 1994 include $0 and $826,000 in
     loans which were reported as  restructured  as of the prior  year-end.  The
     Company had no commitments to lend additional funds to any of the borrowers
     whose loans are  recorded as  nonaccrual  or  restructured  at December 31,
     1995,  1994 and 1993. At December 31, 1995,  1994 and 1993, the Company had
     $6,000,  $3,000 and $89,000,  respectively,  in loans  greater than 90 days
     delinquent  which were still accruing.  These loans consisted  primarily of
     loans which were both adequately secured and in the process of collection.


                                       53

<PAGE>
     At December  31,  1995,  the  recorded  investment  in  impaired  loans was
     $2,790,000,  substantially  all of which  are on  nonaccrual  status or are
     reported as  restructured  loans.  Included in this amount is $1,631,000 of
     impaired loans for which the related  impairment  allowance is $416,000 and
     $1,037,000 of loans that do not have an impairment  allowance.  The average
     recorded  investment  in impaired  loans  during 1995 was  $2,918,000.  The
     amount of interest  income  recognized  on impaired  loans  during the year
     ended  December  31, 1995 has been  disclosed  above in the  discussion  of
     nonaccrual and restructured loans. The allowance for credit losses contains
     additional  amounts  for  impaired  loans as deemed  necessary  to maintain
     allowances at levels considered adequate by management.

     The Company has engaged in banking  transactions  in the ordinary course of
     business with some of its directors,  officers,  principal shareholders and
     their  associates.  Management  believes that all loans or  commitments  to
     extend loans and the payment of  overdrafts  included in such  transactions
     are made on the same terms,  including  interest rates and  collateral,  as
     those  prevailing at the time of comparable loans with other persons and do
     not involve  more than the normal risk of  collectibility.  At December 31,
     1995 and 1994,  none of these  loans are  either  reported  as  nonaccrual,
     restructured  or  classified.  The  aggregate  amount  of loans to  related
     parties for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 was as follows:

                                                        1995           1994
                                                        ----           ----

     Balance at January 1                             $ 726,153    $  472,447

      Additions                                         481,774        668,102
      Repayments                                       (675,350)      (260,594)
      Terminations                                          --        (153,802)
                                                        -------       --------
     Balance at December 31                          $  532,577     $  726,153
                                                     ==========     ==========

5.   Bank Premises and Equipment

     Bank  premises and equipment at December 31, 1995 and 1994 is summarized as
     follows:
                                                        1995           1994
                                                        ----           ----

     Furniture, fixtures and equipment                 1,351,454    $ 1,311,979
     Leasehold improvements                              692,936        678,028
                                                         -------        -------

      Total, at cost                                   2,044,390      1,990,007
     Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization  (1,766,873)    (1,620,789)
                                                      ----------     ----------

      Total, net                                     $   277,517     $  369,218
                                                     ===========     ==========

     Amounts charged to operating  expenses for  depreciation  and  amortization
     aggregated approximately $146,000,  $154,000 and $140,000 in 1995, 1994 and
     1993, respectively.

6.   Interest-Bearing Deposits

     Related party  deposits  totaled  approximately  $2,481,000 and $610,000 at
     December 31, 1995 and 1994,  respectively.  In management's opinion,  rates
     paid on these deposits,  where  applicable,  are available to others at the
     same terms.

     At December  31, 1995 and 1994,  brokered  deposits  totaled  approximately
     $7,090,000 and $3,135,000, respectively.

7.   Leasing Arrangements

     The Company  leases its main office  space under two leases which expire in
     2002.  The  Company  also  leases  space  for two  branch  offices  and two
     automated  teller  machines.  The lease on the M Street  branch  expires in
     1996,  and the leases on the Union  Station  branch  and the two  automated
     teller  machines  expire in 1999.  All leases are  classified  as operating
     leases.




                                       54

<PAGE>

     The  following is a schedule of future  minimum  payments  under  operating
     leases that have initial or remaining  noncancelable  lease terms in excess
     of one year as of December 31, 1995:

                                                          Lease
                                                        Payments
                                                        --------

                      1996                               $ 398,114
                      1997                                 386,340
                      1998                                 383,676
                      1999                                 324,756
                      2000                                 322,742
                      2001 and thereafter                  591,694

     Rental expense in 1995, 1994 and 1993 was approximately $408,000, $452,000,
     $392,000, respectively.

8.   Income Taxes
     Income tax expense  attributable to income from  continuing  operations for
     1995, 1994 and 1993 consists of:

                                   1995              1994             1993
                                   ----              ----             ----
     Current:
      Federal                  $ 428,452         $ (167,026)      $  289,174
      District of Columbia       139,687            (87,020)          67,456
                                 -------            -------           ------

                                 568,139           (254,046)         356,630
                                 -------           --------          -------
     Deferred:
      Federal                   (160,540)           167,026         (289,174)
      District of Columbia      (139,687)            87,020          (67,456)
                                --------             ------          -------

                                (300,227)           254,046         (356,630)
                                --------            -------         --------
     Total:
      Federal                    267,912                 --               --
      District of Columbia           --                  --               --
                                 -------            -------          -------
                               $ 267,912         $       --       $       --
                               =========           ========         ========


     Income tax expense  differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S.
     Federal  income  tax rate of 34 percent to pretax  income  from  continuing
     operations as a result of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  1995                       1994                       1993
                                                  ----                       ----                       ----
                                          Amount       %            Amount         %          Amount          %
                                          ------       -            ------         -          ------          -
     <S>                              <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>

     Tax expense at statutory rate    $ 417,115      34.0%       $(62,605)     (34.0)%       $207,760       34.0%
     Increase (decrease) in taxes
      resulting from District of
      Columbia franchise tax, net
      of Federal tax effect             124,952      10.2         (31,583)     (17.2)          16,708        2.7
     Other                               37,235       3.0           2,550        1.4               --         --
     Change in beginning of year
      valuation allowance              (311,391)    (25.4)         91,638       49.8          224,468)     (36.7)
                                       --------     -----           ------      ----          --------      -----
                                      $ 267,912      21.8%       $     --        0.0%  $          --         0.0%
                                      =========      ====           ======       ===       ===========        ===
</TABLE>

                                       55

<PAGE>
     The significant  components of deferred income tax expense  attributable to
     income from continuing  operations for the year ended December 31, 1995 and
     1994 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1995           1994
                                                                                       ----           ----
     <S>                                                                           <C>             <C>
     Deferred tax benefit (exclusive of the
      effects of other components listed below)                                    $   11,164      $  162,409
     Increase (decrease) in beginning of the year
      balance of the valuation allowance
      for deferred tax assets                                                        (311,391)         91,637
                                                                                     --------          ------
                                                                                   $ (300,227)     $  254,046
                                                                                   ==========        ========
</TABLE>

     The following is a summary of the tax effects of temporary differences that
     give rise to  significant  portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred
     tax liabilities at December 31, 1995 and 1994:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1995          1994
                                                                                         ----          ----
     <S>                                                                             <C>           <C>
     Deferred tax assets:
      Book allowance for loan losses                                                 $519,332      $ 525,690
      Interest income on nonaccrual loans, due to accrual for tax purposes             51,401         51,401
      Deferred loan fees, due to cash basis for tax purposes                           76,344         97,136
      Furniture and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation         101,962         91,266
      Unrealized losses on securities                                                  26,778         55,298
      Compensated absences, principally due to cash basis
        for financial reporting purposes                                                8,184          7,005
      Other                                                                                --         20,401
                                                                                       ------         ------
        Total gross deferred tax assets                                               784,001        848,197
        Less: Valuation allowance                                                         --        (311,391)
                                                                                       -----        --------
          Net deferred tax assets                                                     784,001        536,806

     Deferred tax liabilities:
      Tax allowance for loan losses                                                  (321,737)      (332,806)
      Prepaid expenses due to cash basis for tax purposes                             (19,513)       (20,987)
                                                                                      -------        -------
        Total gross deferred tax liabilities                                         (341,250)       353,793
                                                                                     --------        -------
          Net deferred tax assets                                                    $ 442,751     $ 183,013
                                                                                     =========     =========
</TABLE>

     The Company had established a valuation allowance through December 31, 1994
     for the  excess of  deferred  tax assets  over taxes paid in the  carryback
     years  and  future  reversals  of  certain   existing   taxable   temporary
     differences.  As of  December  31,  1995,  all  deferred  tax  assets  were
     recoverable  through  taxes paid in the  carryback  years and  therefore no
     valuation allowance was required.

     At  December  31,  1995,  the  Company had  utilized  all of its  available
     financial statement net operating loss  carryforwards.  Deferred income tax
     assets  at  December  31,  1995  and  1994  were   $442,751  and  $183,013,
     respectively,  and  are  included  in  other  assets  in  the  accompanying
     financial  statements.  Also  included in other assets at December 31, 1995
     and  1994,   were  current  tax   receivables   of  $54,000  and  $429,000,
     respectively.


9.   Long-Term Debt -- Capital Note
     On February 2, 1988, the Bank  renegotiated its  subordinated  capital note
     agreement  with Minbanc  Capital Corp.  The principal  balance of this note
     shall be repaid in 16 quarterly  installments  of $9,500 each commencing on
     September  30, 1990  through  June 30,  1994 and  thereafter  16  quarterly
     installments  of $18,625  through the note's maturity on June 30, 1998. The
     rate  of  interest  payable  on the  principal  balance  of this  note  was
     initially  fixed at 6.50%.  On June 30, 1989 and annually  thereafter,  the
     interest  rate adjusts to the  equivalent  of 2% under the rate of the most
     recently auctioned ten year United States Treasury Note. The note carries a
     minimum rate of 6.00% and a maximum  rate of 12% per annum.  As of December
     31, 1995,  the note  carried an interest  rate of 6.00%.  Annual  principal
     maturities as of December 31, 1995 are as follows:

                  1996                             $  74,500
                  1997                                74,500
                  1998                                37,250
                                                      ------
                                                    $186,250
                                                    ========

                                       56

<PAGE>
     The note agreement  restricts the total cash dividends which may be paid by
     the  Bank in any  twelve  calendar  month  period  to 25% of net  operating
     income.

10.  Short-term Borrowings
     Short-term  borrowings  consist  primarily of Federal  funds  purchased and
     securities  sold  under  repurchase  agreements.  Federal  funds  purchased
     represent   overnight   funds,   while  securities  sold  under  repurchase
     agreements  generally  involve the receipt of immediately  available  funds
     which mature in one business day or roll over under a continuing contract.

     The balance of securities sold under repurchase  agreements at December 31,
     1995 and 1994 of $1,785,402 and $360,708,  respectively,  represents  funds
     received by the Company for securities sold to customers of the Company, at
     the  customer's  request,  which  mature in one  business day but roll over
     under a  continuing  contract.  In  accordance  with these  contracts,  the
     underlying securities sold are U.S. Treasuries or government agencies which
     are segregated from the Company's other investment securities in the Bank's
     Federal Reserve Bank account.  The book value of the underlying  securities
     sold under these  repurchase  agreements  at December 31, 1995 and 1994 was
     approximately $2,060,000 and $1,196,000,  respectively. The market value of
     these same  securities  at December  31, 1995 and 1994 was  $2,094,000  and
     $1,159,000,  respectively. At maturity, the same security is repurchased by
     the Company.

     Repurchase  agreements are entered into with related  parties in the normal
     course of business.  At December 31, 1995,  such related  party  repurchase
     agreements totalled approximately  $500,000. In management's opinion, rates
     paid on these  repurchase  agreements  are  available to others at the same
     terms.

     In  the  normal  course  of  business,  there  are  securities  sold  under
     repurchase  agreements that the Company initiates with correspondent  banks
     for liquidity purposes. As with the customer repurchase  agreements,  these
     contracts  generally  involve the receipt of  immediately  available  funds
     which mature in one business day or roll over under a continuing  contract,
     however,   the   underlying   securities   sold  are   transferred  to  the
     correspondent  bank's  Federal  Reserve Bank  account  until  maturity.  At
     maturity, the same security is repurchased by the Company.

     Other short-term borrowings during 1995 and 1994 consist of borrowings from
     the Federal  Home Loan Bank of Atlanta  ("FHLB")  for  liquidity  purposes.
     Borrowings  are  collateralized  by loans  secured by first liens on one to
     four family,  multifamily  and  commercial  mortgages as well as investment
     securities.  Although no FHLB  borrowings  are  outstanding at December 31,
     1995 and 1994,  the  outstanding  balance of loans  pledged at December 31,
     1995 and  1994 to  collateralize  future  borrowings  from  the  FHLB  were
     $3,194,000 and  $2,719,000.  The  collateral  value of the loans pledged at
     December 31, 1995 and 1994 was $2,127,000 and $2,150,000, respectively.

     Short-term borrowings for 1995 and 1994 are summarized below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1995               1994
                                                                              ----               ----
     <S>                                                                 <C>               <C>
     Federal funds purchased
     Balance at end of year                                              $        --       $        --
     Daily average balance outstanding during year                            89,114             63,219
     Maximum balance outstanding as of any month-end during year             850,000          1,000,000
     Daily average interest rate during year                                    5.34%              4.68%

     Securities sold under repurchase agreements
     Balance at end of year                                              $ 1,785,402       $    360,708
     Daily average balance outstanding during year                         1,510,954          1,484,991
     Maximum balance outstanding as of any month-end during year           3,217,340          3,987,421
     Daily average interest rate during year                                    5.57%              3.65%
     Average interest rate on balance at end of year                            4.92%              --

     Other short-term borrowings
     Balance at end of year                                              $        --       $        --
     Daily average balance outstanding during year                           103,493             61,370
     Maximum balance outstanding as of any month-end during year           1,200,000          1,100,000
     Daily average interest rate during year                                    6.15%              5.56%
</TABLE>


                                       57

<PAGE>
11.  Commitments and Contingent Liabilities
     In the normal course of business, there are various outstanding commitments
     and  contingent  liabilities  such as commitments to extend credit that are
     not reflected in the accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements.  No
     material  losses  are  anticipated  as a result of these  transactions.  At
     December 31, 1995 and 1994, the Company had  outstanding  letters of credit
     aggregating  approximately $706,000 and $474,000,  commitments to originate
     variable rate loans aggregating  approximately $13,867,000 and $13,315,000,
     and  commitments to originate  fixed rate loans  aggregating  approximately
     $1,410,000 and $452,000, respectively.

     Commitments  to extend credit are  agreements to lend to a customer as long
     as there is no  violation of any  condition  established  in the  contract.
     Commitments  generally  have fixed  expiration  dates or other  termination
     clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are
     expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total  commitment  amounts
     do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.   The  Company
     evaluates each  customer's  creditworthiness  on a case by case basis.  The
     amount of  collateral  obtained if deemed  necessary  by the  Company  upon
     extension of credit is based on management's credit evaluation.  Collateral
     held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant
     and equipment, and residential and income-producing commercial properties.

     Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company
     to  guarantee  the  performance  of a  customer  to a  third  party.  Those
     guarantees are primarily issued to support lease and security  deposits and
     private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters
     of  credit is  essentially  the same as that  involved  in  extending  loan
     facilities to customers.  The Company holds cash, marketable securities and
     other  collateral  supporting  those  commitments  for which  collateral is
     deemed necessary. The portion of letters of credit which are collateralized
     was 100% at December 31, 1995 and 1994.

     Under the terms of an  employment  agreement  with the  President and Chief
     Executive  Officer of the Company and the Bank, the Company is obligated to
     make payments to her under certain conditions,  in the event her employment
     is terminated.

     Under the terms of severance agreements with seven key management officials
     of the Bank, the Bank is obligated to make payments totaling $504,000 under
     certain  conditions  in the event of a change in control of the  Company or
     the Bank.

     The Company maintains  directors' and officers'  liability insurance in the
     amount of $2,000,000, subject to certain exclusions. In addition, according
     to the  by-laws,  the Company is  obligated  to  indemnify  any director or
     officer for losses  incurred to the full extent  authorized or permitted by
     Delaware general corporation law.


12.  Restrictions on Dividend Payments and Loans by Affiliated Bank
     Any  dividends  payable by the Company are  dependent on dividends  payable
     from the Bank to the  Company.  Federal  banking  laws  restrict  the total
     dividend  payments that a national banking  association may make during any
     calendar  year to the total net  income of the bank for  current  year plus
     retained  net income for the  preceding  two years,  except  with the prior
     written  approval of the Office of the  Comptroller  of the Currency.  As a
     result of additional dividend restrictions referred to in Note 9 above, the
     Bank is restricted  from making  dividend  payments in excess of 25% of net
     operating  income in any twelve calendar month period.  The Federal Reserve
     Board has issued a statement  effective  November 14, 1985 which  indicates
     that  dividends  should only be paid out of net income  available to common
     shareholders  over the past year.  Restrictions  are also  imposed upon the
     ability of the Bank to make  loans to the  Company,  purchase  stock in the
     Company or use the Company's  securities as collateral for  indebtedness of
     the Bank.


13.  Parent Company Information
     On  April  1,  1982,  the  Company  acquired,  through  merger,  all of the
     outstanding  shares of the Bank,  becoming the parent and sole stockholder.
     The  earnings  (losses) of the Bank are  recorded by the Company  using the
     equity method of accounting.  Earnings (losses) are recorded as an increase
     (decrease) in the Company's investment,  and dividends declared by the Bank
     are recorded as reductions in the Company's investment in the Bank.


                                       58

<PAGE>

                            Condensed Balance Sheets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              December 31,
                                                                              ------------
                                                                           1995            1994
                                                                           ----            ----
<S>                                                                 <C>                <C>
Assets
Due from banks and interest-bearing balances with subsidiary bank   $   248,797        $   169,768
Investment in subsidiary bank                                         6,364,594          5,684,937
Dividend receivable from subsidiary bank                                 71,211                --
Other assets                                                              8,459              4,438
                                                                          -----              -----

    Total assets                                                    $ 6,693,061        $ 5,859,143
                                                                    ===========        ===========
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Liabilities:
  Other liabilities                                                 $    74,195        $    96,873
Stockholders' equity:
  Common  stock,  par value $10 per share,  authorized  800,000  shares;  issued
    286,404 shares; outstanding 284,844 shares
    in 1995 and 1994                                                  2,864,040          2,864,040
  Additional paid-in capital                                          3,291,973          3,291,973
  Retained earnings (deficit)                                           491,563           (365,033)
                                                                        -------           --------

                                                                      6,647,576          5,790,980
  Less:  Treasury Stock, 1,560 shares at cost                           (28,710)           (28,710)
                                                                        -------            -------
    Total stockholders' equity                                        6,618,866          5,762,270
                                                                      ---------          ---------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                      $ 6,693,061        $ 5,859,143
                                                                    ===========        ===========
</TABLE>

                       Condensed Statements of Operations
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Years Ended December 31,
                                                                   ------------------------
                                                             1995              1994             1993
                                                             ----              ----             ----
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>               <C>
Income:
 Dividends from subsidiary bank                            $213,633       $        --       $       --
  Interest earned on balances with subsidiary bank            4,906             6,162            7,004
  Interest on securities available for sale                      --             7,518            8,722
  Interest on other                                              --              (281)           6,750
  Management fees earned from subsidiary bank                   444            31,880           12,649
                                                                ---            ------           ------

    Total income                                            218,983            45,279           35,125

Expenses:
  Professional fees                                         125,569           433,641           32,882
  Organizational and other                                   75,046           157,315          109,854
                                                             ------           -------          -------

    Total expenses                                          200,615           590,956          142,736

      Income (loss) before taxes and equity
        in undistributed net income of subsidiary            18,368          (545,677)        (107,611)
Applicable income tax benefit                               300,993                --              --
                                                            -------            ------           ------

      Income (loss) before  equity
        in undistributed net income of subsidiary           319,361          (545,677)        (107,611)

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary            639,537           361,545          718,670
                                                            -------           -------          -------

      Net income (loss)                                    $958,898       $ (184,132)       $ 611,059
                                                           ========       ==========        =========
</TABLE>


                                       59

<PAGE>
                       Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Years Ended December 31,
                                                                   --------------------------------------------
                                                                       1995            1994              1993
                                                                       ----            ----              ----
<S>                                                               <C>             <C>              <C>
Operating Activities
Net income (loss)                                                 $ 958,898       $ (184,132)      $  611,059
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
  provided by operating activities:
    Equity in undistributed loss (net income) of subsidiary        (639,537)         (361,545)        (718,670)
    Dividends declared from subsidiary bank not received            (71,211)
    Other, net                                                      (97,910)           94,102           (1,064)
                                                                    -------            ------           ------

       Net cash provided (used) by operating activities             150,240          (451,575)        (108,675)

Investing Activities
Proceeds from maturity of securities available for sale                  --           450,000               --
Proceeds from maturity of investment securities                          --                --          900,000
Purchase of securities                                                   --                --         (900,000)
                                                                       ----           -------          -------

       Net cash provided by investing activities                         --           450,000               --

Financing Activities
Cash dividends paid to stockholders                                 (71,211)              --                --
                                                                    -------            ------          -------

    Net cash used by financing activities                           (71,211)               --               --
                                                                    -------            ------          -------

       Increase (decrease) in cash                                   79,029            (1,575)        (108,675)
       Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year               169,768           171,343          280,018
                                                                    -------           -------          -------

       Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                   $ 248,797       $   169,768      $   171,343
                                                                  =========       ===========      ===========
</TABLE>

14.  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act

     Regulations  implementing the prompt  corrective  action  provisions of the
     Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  Improvement  Act of 1991 (FDICIA)
     became  effective on December 19, 1992.  FDICIA  requires the regulators to
     stratify  institutions  into five quality tiers based upon their respective
     capital  strengths and to increase  progressively  the degree of regulation
     over the weaker  institutions,  limits the pass-through  deposit  insurance
     treatment  of  certain  types of  accounts,  adopts a  "Truth  in  Savings"
     program, calls for the adoption of risk-based premiums on deposit insurance
     and requires  banks to observe  insider credit  underwriting  procedures no
     less strict than those applied to comparable noninsider transactions.

     The prompt corrective action regulations define specific capital categories
     based on an  institution's  capital  ratios.  The  capital  categories,  in
     declining  order,  are  "well   capitalized,"   "adequately   capitalized,"
     "undercapitalized,"   "significantly   undercapitalized"   and  "critically
     undercapitalized."  Institutions categorized as "undercapitalized" or below
     are subject to certain  restrictions,  including the  requirement to file a
     capital  plan  with its  primary  federal  regulator,  prohibitions  on the
     payment  of  dividends  and  management  fees,  restrictions  on  executive
     compensation  and  increased  supervisory  monitoring,  among other things.
     Other  restrictions may be imposed on the institution either by its primary
     federal  regulator  or  by  the  FDIC,  including   requirements  to  raise
     additional  capital,  sell assets or sell the entire  institution.  Once an
     institution becomes "critically undercapitalized" it is generally placed in
     receivership or conservatorship within 90 days.

     To be considered  "well  capitalized," an institution must generally have a
     leverage  ratio of at least  5%, a Tier 1  risk-based  capital  ratio of at
     least 6% and a total risk-based  capital ratio of at least 10%. At December
     31,  1995 and 1994,  both the Company  and the Bank were  considered  "well
     capitalized."




                                       60

<PAGE>

15.  Employee Benefits

     The  Company  has  adopted a  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Plan for certain
     officers and key employees  and has reserved  30,000 shares of common stock
     for options to be granted  under the plan.  No options have been granted to
     date.

     The Company has a 401(k) plan covering all full-time employees. The Company
     made  contributions  to the plan of  $34,000,  $40,000 and $24,000 in 1995,
     1994 and 1993,  respectively.  These  amounts are  included in salaries and
     employee   benefits  in  the   accompanying   consolidated   statements  of
     operations.

     On January 23, 1996,  the Company  adopted a nonqualified  Directors  Stock
     Option Plan (the "Directors Plan") and a qualified Employee Incentive Stock
     Option Plan  covering  key  employees  (the  "Employee  Plan"),  subject to
     shareholder  approval.  Shares  subject to options under these plans may be
     authorized  but  unissued  shares or  treasury  shares.  Options  under the
     Directors  Plan are granted at a price not less than 85% of the fair market
     value of the Company's  common stock on the date of grant. The options vest
     beginning  in 1996 at an  annual  rate of 20% at the end of each  year  and
     become fully vested in the event of a Change in Control,  as defined in the
     Directors Plan, or in the event that the Director leaves the Board. Options
     under the  Employee  Plan are granted at a price of 100% of the fair market
     value  of the  Company's  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant  and  are
     immediately exercisable. Options under both plans expire not later than ten
     years  after  the date of  grant.  Options  for a total of 5,472  shares of
     common  stock  available  for grant under the above Plans were granted at a
     price of $20.21 for  directors  and $23.78 for  employees.  No options have
     been exercised under these plans.


16.  Other Operating Expense

     Other operating expenses for 1995, 1994 and 1993 are summarized as follows:

                                             1995          1994         1993
                                             ----          ----         ----
    FDIC insurance premiums               $  84,607   $   171,582  $   154,107
    Courier service and bank security       149,689       148,884      131,229
    Stationery and office supplies           75,585       103,017       71,542
    Employment litigation expense               --        387,000      250,000
    Other                                   471,119       575,961      553,700
                                            -------       -------      -------

         Total other operating expense    $ 781,000   $ 1,386,444  $ 1,140,578
                                          =========   ===========  ===========

     The Company has engaged in  transactions in the ordinary course of business
     with some of its  directors,  officers,  principal  stockholders  and their
     associates.  Management believes that all such transactions are made on the
     same terms as those prevailing at the time with other persons.  The Company
     expensed  $15,000,   $32,000  and  $27,000  during  1995,  1994  and  1993,
     respectively,  to such related parties in connection with public  relations
     activities.  The Company expensed $17,000 to such related parties for legal
     services during 1995.


17.  Shareholder Rights Plan

     On April 12, 1994,  the Board of Directors of the Company  adopted a Rights
     Agreement ("Rights Agreement"),  which was amended April 20, 1995. Pursuant
     to the Rights  Agreement,  the Board of Directors of the Company declared a
     dividend of one share purchase right for each share of the Company's common
     stock  outstanding on April 25, 1994  ("Right").  Among other things,  each
     Right  entitles  the holder to purchase one share of the  Company's  common
     stock at an exercise price of $60.33.

     Subject to certain  exceptions,  the Rights will be exercisable if a person
     or group of persons  acquires  25% or more of the  Company's  common  stock
     ("Acquiring  Person"),  or announces a tender offer,  the  consummation  of
     which would  result in  ownership by a person or group of persons of 25% or
     more of the common stock, or if the Board determines that a person or group
     of persons holding 15% or more of the Company's  common stock is an Adverse
     Person, as defined in the Rights Agreement.



                                       61

<PAGE>

     Upon the occurrence of one of the triggering events, all holders of Rights,
     except  the  Acquiring  Person or  Adverse  Person,  would be  entitled  to
     purchase  the  Company's  common stock at 50% of the market  price.  If the
     Company is acquired in a merger or business  combination,  each holder of a
     Right would be entitled to purchase common stock of the Acquiring Person at
     a similar discount.

     The Board of  Directors  may redeem the Rights for $0.01 per share or amend
     the Plan at any time  before a person  becomes  an  Acquiring  Person.  The
     Rights expire on December 31, 2003.


18.  Fair Value of Financial Instruments

     During  1995,  the  Company  adopted  Statement  of  Financial   Accounting
     Standards No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial  Instruments"
     (SFAS No. 107),  which  requires the  disclosure of fair value  information
     about  financial  instruments,  whether or not  recognized  in the  balance
     sheet,  for which it is practicable  to estimate that value.  Quoted market
     prices,  when  available,  are used as the measure of fair value.  In cases
     where  quoted  market  prices are not  available,  fair values are based on
     present value estimates or other valuation  techniques.  These derived fair
     values  are  estimates  at a specific  point in time and are  significantly
     affected by assumptions  used,  principally the timing of future cash flows
     and the discount rate.  Because  assumptions  are inherently  subjective in
     nature,  the estimated fair values cannot be substantiated by comparison to
     independent  market quotes and, in many cases,  the  estimated  fair values
     would not necessarily be realized in an immediate sale or settlement of the
     instrument.  The disclosure  requirements  of SFAS No. 107 exclude  certain
     financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments.  The estimated fair
     values  presented  do not give  effect to the  values  associated  with the
     Company's  banking  business,   existing  customer  relationships,   branch
     network, property or equipment. Also, under SFAS No. 107, the fair value of
     noninterest  bearing  demand  deposits,  savings and NOW accounts and money
     market  deposit  accounts is equal to the  carrying  amount  because  these
     deposits have no stated  maturity.  This approach to estimating  fair value
     excludes the  significant  benefit  that results from the low-cost  funding
     provided by such deposit liabilities, as compared to alternative sources of
     funding.  Accordingly,  the aggregate  fair value amounts  presented do not
     represent management's estimation of the underlying value of the Company.

     SFAS No. 119 amended SFAS No. 107 for disclosure  purposes.  The amendments
     require that the disclosures distinguish between financial instruments held
     for  trading  purposes,  measured  at fair  value  with  gains  and  losses
     recognized  in  earnings,  and  financial  instruments  held or issued  for
     purposes  other  than  trading.  The  fair  value of  derivative  financial
     instruments  must be disclosed  separately  from  non-derivative  financial
     instruments.  The  Company  does  not hold any  financial  instruments  for
     trading  purposes  and  does not have  any  material  derivative  financial
     instruments.

     The  following are the  estimated  fair values of the  Company's  financial
     instruments  at December 31, 1995 followed by a general  description of the
     methods and assumptions used to estimate such fair values.

                                                  Carrying         Estimated
                                                    Amount         Value
    Financial assets:
         Cash                                 $ 4,953,200       $ 4,953,200
         Short-term investments                 9,961,715         9,961,715
         Securities available for sale          5,508,406         5,508,406
         Investment securities                  8,192,647         8,309,265
         Loans                                 63,592,395
         Less: Allowance for loan losses       (1,273,965)
                                               ----------
             Net loans                         62,318,430         62,145,121

    Financial liabilities:
         Noninterest-bearing deposits          23,443,937        23,443,937
         Interest -bearing deposits
           with no stated maturity             30,052,322         30,052,322
          Time deposits                        29,566,936         29,101,285
         Short-term borrowings                  1,785,402          1,785,402
         Long-term debt                           186,250            186,250

                                       62

<PAGE>
     The  following  methods  and  assumptions  were  used  by  the  Company  in
     estimating the fair value of its financial instruments:

          Cash and due from banks.  The carrying amounts reported in the balance
          sheet  approximate  fair value due to the short-  term nature of these
          assets.

          Short-term investments. The carrying amounts of short-term investments
          on the balance sheet with  maturities  of 90 days or less  approximate
          fair value. For short-term investments with maturities of greater than
          90 days,  fair value  estimates are based on market quotes for similar
          instruments   adjusted  for  such   differences   between  the  quoted
          instruments and the instruments being valued as to maturity and credit
          quality.

          Securities Available for Sale and Investment Securities. The estimated
          fair values of securities  by type are based on quoted market  prices,
          when available. If a quoted market price is not available,  fair value
          is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.

          Loans.  Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar
          financial  characteristics.  Loans are  classified  by variable  rate,
          fixed  rate and  loans  which  reprice  on a  predetermined  schedule.
          Non-variable  rate loans are  further  classified  by general  purpose
          within the commercial, real estate and consumer portfolios.  Loans are
          further classified by performing or nonperforming loans.

          For performing variable-rate loans which reprice immediately as market
          rates   change,   the  carrying   amounts   approximate   fair  value.
          Additionally,  most variable rate lines of credit, which comprise more
          than half of the variable loan portfolio, are reviewed and extended on
          at least an annual basis. At the time of that review,  these loans are
          repriced to reflect the current  credit risk  inherent in these loans.
          For  performing   fixed-rate  loans  and  loans  which  reprice  on  a
          pre-determined  schedule, fair values are estimated by discounting the
          expected  cash flows up to and  including  the date of  repricing,  if
          applicable,  by a discount  rate that  reflects the interest  rate and
          credit risk  inherent  in the loan.  The  estimated  maturity of these
          loans reflects both contractual  maturity and management's  assessment
          of prepayments,  economic condition, and other factors that may affect
          the maturity of the portfolio.  The discount rate is based on the rate
          that  would be  currently  offered  for loans  with  similar  terms to
          borrowers of similar credit quality.

          Nonperforming  loans  are  included  in  each of the  loan  portfolios
          previously  described.  The  fair  value  of  nonperforming  loans  is
          estimated  in a manner  which  approximates  discounting  the expected
          return of  principal  over the period of time the Company  anticipates
          receiving  principal  payments on the loan at a discount rate which is
          reflective of the higher risk  surrounding  these assets compared to a
          performing loan.

          Deposits. The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity,  such as
          noninterest-bearing  deposits, NOW accounts,  savings and money market
          deposit accounts, is the amount payable on demand as of year-end.  For
          time deposits,  fair value is estimated by discounting the contractual
          cash flows using a discount rate equal to the incremental deposit rate
          for similar remaining maturities.

          Short-term borrowings. The carrying values of federal funds purchased,
          securities  sold under  agreements to repurchase and other  short-term
          borrowings approximate fair values.

          Long-term debt. The fair values of long-term debt and other borrowings
          are  estimated  by  discounting  the  contractual  cash flows for each
          instrument.  The  discount  rate  applied  is  based  on  the  current
          incremental  borrowing  rates for similar  arrangements  with  similar
          maturities.

          Commitments  to extend  credit and letters of credit.  The Company has
          commitments to extend credit of  $15,277,000  and letters of credit of
          $706,000.  Pricing  of  these  financial  instruments  is based on the
          credit quality and relationship,  fees, interest rates, probability of
          funding,   compensating  balance  and  other  covenant   requirements.
          Non-credit card commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, are
          variable rate and contain  termination and other clauses which provide
          for relief  from  funding  in the event  that  there is a  significant
          deterioration  in the  credit  quality  of  the  customer.  Many  loan
          commitments  are expected to, and typically  do, expire  without being
          drawn upon.  Approximately  85% of the Company's  commitments  to lend
          expire  within  one  year.  The  rates  and  terms  of  the  Company's
          commitments to lend and letters of credit are competitive  with others
          in the markets in which the Company  operates.  Carrying amounts which
          are  comprised of the  unamortized  fee income and,  where  necessary,
          reserves  for  any  expected   credit  losses  from  these   financial
          instruments, are immaterial.

                                       63

<PAGE>



Item 8.  Changes  in  and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
         Financial Disclosure.

         None

                                    PART III
                                    --------

Item 9. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

     The  following is a summary of certain  information,  as of March 15, 1996,
regarding persons who serve as directors and executive officers of the Company.

Name                             Age      Position with the Company
- ----                             ---      -------------------------

Barbara Davis Blum                55       Chairwoman of the Board,
                                           President and Chief Executive
                                           Officer

Shireen L. Dodson                 44       Director

Susan Hager                       51       Director

Jeanne D. Hubbard                 47       Director

Clarence L. James, Jr.            62       Director

Marshall T. Reynolds              59       Director

Robert L. Shell, Jr.              52       Director

Dana B. Stebbins                  49       Director

Susan J. Williams                 55       Director

Kimberly J. Levine, CPA           39       Senior Vice President,
                                           Treasurer and Chief
                                           Financial Officer



     Barbara Davis Blum has served as Chairwoman of the Board of the Company and
the Bank since March 1986,  President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company
since 1985 and President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank since 1983. She
also serves as Chairwoman of the Economic  Development  Finance  Corporation,  a
quasi-public  economic  development  corporation  for the benefit of District of
Columbia  businesses;  Chairwoman,  Center for Policy  Alternatives,  a national
nonprofit organization; and a Director of Kaiser Permanente Health Care

                                       64

<PAGE>



of the Mid-Atlantic States. She is a director of the Greater Washington Board of
Trade, a Trustee of the Federal City Council,  a member of the National Advisory
Council of the U.S. Small Business  Administration;  Senior Advisor,  Commercial
Real Estate Women; and a Director of IAIA, a presidentially  appointed  position
requiring Senate  confirmation.  She founded  Leadership  Washington in 1985 and
served as its  Chairwoman  in 1987.  She also served as 1996 Greater  Washington
Area, United States Savings Bonds Chairperson.  From 1981 to 1983, she served as
President of Direction International, an environmental consulting firm, and from
1977 to 1981 she served as the Deputy  Administrator  of the U.S.  Environmental
Protection Agency.

     Shireen L. Dodson has served as the  Assistant  Director of  Administration
and Planning for the Center for African American  History and Culture  (formerly
called  the  National  African  American  Museum  Project)  of  the  Smithsonian
Institution  since 1993.  From 1985 to 1992,  she served as  Comptroller  of the
Smithsonian Institution.  She also served as the Commissioner of the District of
Columbia  Minority  Business  Opportunity  Commission from 1989 to 1992. She has
been  President of the Coalition of 100 Black Women of D.C.,  Inc. and currently
serves on the Advisory Committee of that  organization.  She is also a member of
the Women's Advisory Board, Girl Scout Council of the National  Capital.  She is
Treasurer of the Washington D.C.  Chamber of Commerce and has been a Director of
the Company since 1993 and a Director of the Bank since February 1992.

     Susan Hager has been the President of Hager Sharp, Inc., an issues oriented
communications firm since 1973. She is also a Director of the Greater Washington
Board of Trade,  Chairwoman of the Board of the Lab School of  Washington  and a
member  of  the  National   Advisory   Council  of  the  U.S.   Small   Business
Administration  and a  Trustee  of the  Federal  City  Council.  She  served  as
President of National  Small  Business  United,  a national small business trade
association,  and  Chairwoman  of the U.S.  Department of the  Treasury's  Small
Business  Advisory  Council.  She was a founder of the National  Association  of
Women Business  Owners  (NAWBO).  She has been a Director of the Company and the
Bank since June 1992.

     Jeanne D.  Hubbard  has  served as a  consultant  to First  Guaranty  Bank,
Hammond, Louisiana, since 1993. From 1980 to 1993, Ms. Hubbard held a variety of
officer  positions,  including Vice President and Senior  Commercial  Lender and
Chairwoman of the Loan Committee and Asset/Liability  Committee, with First Bank
of Ceredo, Ceredo, West Virginia. She serves as President of the C-K Rotary Club
and  Chairwoman  of the Citizens  Advisory  Committee of the United Way. She has
been a Director of the Company and the Bank since October 1995.

     Clarence L. James,  Jr.  joined the law firm of Manatt,  Phelps & Phillips,
LLP, as a partner in 1995.  From 1983 to 1995,  he served as President and Chief
Operating  Officer  of The Keefe  Company,  a  government  relations  and public
affairs firm.  From 1981 to 1983, he was Vice President of Domestic  Affairs and
General Counsel of The Keefe Company. Since 1990, he has also served as Chairman
of  the  Board  of  Douglas  James   Securities,   Incorporated,   a  registered
broker-dealer  and a member of the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,
Inc. He founded and is on the board of the Executive  Leadership Council and the
Executive  Leadership  Foundation,  an association  of the top national  African
American  business  leaders.  From 1977 to 1981, he served as  Commissioner  and
Chairman of the Copyright Royalty  Tribunal,  a presidential  appointment.  From
1971 to 1977, he was Managing Partner of James, Moore, Douglas & Co.,

                                       65

<PAGE>



LPA, a corporate,  tax and land development law practice. He has been a Director
of the Company and the Bank since February 1993.

     Marshall T.  Reynolds is the  Chairman  of the Board,  President  and Chief
Executive Officer of Champion Industries, Inc., a holding company for commercial
printing and office  products  companies,  a position he has held since 1992. He
became Chairman of the Board of Premier  Financial  Bancorp in the first quarter
of 1996. From 1964 to 1993, Mr. Reynolds was President and Manager of The Harrah
and Reynolds Corporation  (predecessor to Champion Industries,  Inc.). From 1983
to 1993,  he was Chairman of the Board of Banc One,  West  Virginia  Corporation
(formerly Key Centurion  Bancshares,  Inc.). He has served as Chairman of United
Way of the River  Cities,  Inc. and Boys and Girls Clubs of  Huntington.  He has
been a Director of the Company and the Bank since November 1995.

     Robert L. Shell,  Jr., is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Guyan
International,  a privately held holding company for  manufacturing  and service
companies,  a position he has held since 1985. Mr. Shell is also the Chairman of
Carolina Hose and Hydraulics,  Standard  Leasing Co. and Permco Hydraulik AG. He
is a member  of the  Huntington  Boys and  Girls  Club,  the  Cabell  Huntington
Hospital Foundation and the West Virginia  Foundation for Independent  Colleges.
He was  formerly  the Chairman of the  Marshall  Artists  Series.  He has been a
Director of the Company and the Bank since October 1995.

     Dana B. Stebbins is a partner in Wilkes,  Artis, Hedrick & Lane, a law firm
located in Washington,  D.C.,  where she has practiced  since 1989. From 1983 to
1989, she was Special Counsel for Klimek,  Kolodney & Casale,  P.C. From 1981 to
1983, she was Special Counsel for the U.S. House of Representatives Committee on
Small  Business.  From 1980 to 1982, she was Special  Assistant to the Associate
Administrator of the U.S. Small Business Administration.  From 1978 to 1980, she
was the  Special  Assistant  and White  House  Liaison  to the  Chairman  of the
Commodity Futures Trading Commission.  From 1977 to 1978, she was Advisor to the
White House Office of Domestic and Urban Policy.  She is currently  President of
the Washington D.C.  Chamber of Commerce,  a Trustee of the Federal City Council
and is on the Board of the Greater  Washington  Boys and Girls Clubs, as well as
the Lab School of  Washington.  She has been a Director  of the  Company and the
Bank since March 1993.

     Susan  J.  Williams  is the  President  of  Bracy  Williams  &  Company,  a
government  and public  affairs  consulting  firm, a position she has held since
1982. In 1986, she was a  representative  on the Southern  Growth Policies Board
for the State of Virginia.  From 1979 to 1981, Ms.  Williams served as Assistant
Secretary for Governmental  Affairs of the U.S. Department of Transportation and
from 1977 to 1979 she was Deputy Assistant Secretary for Governmental and Public
Affairs for that agency.  She is the Chair-Elect of the Greater Washington Board
of Trade,  having previously served as Secretary.  She is also a Director of the
Henry L. Stimson Center and the American  Institute for Public Service.  She has
been a Director of the Company since  October 1995 and the Bank since  September
1994.

     Kimberly J. Levine,  CPA, has been Senior Vice  President  and Treasurer of
the Company and the Bank since 1988.  From 1984 to 1987,  she was Vice President
and  Controller of the First  American  Bank,  N.A.  From 1979 to 1984,  she was
Assistant  Vice  President of Suburban Bank in various  accounting and reporting
positions. From 1977 to 1979, she was a Senior Accountant with

                                       66

<PAGE>



Arthur Andersen & Co. She formerly served as a member of the Corporate Reporting
Task  Force,  a  combination  public and private  sector task force  designed to
address  District of Columbia  government  tax issues and has been an instructor
for the American Institute of Banking. Ms. Levine holds a Bachelors of Economics
from the Wharton School of Business of the University of Pennsylvania.

     The Company's  directors and executive  officers,  and persons who own more
than 10% of the Company's Common Stock, are required to file with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission  initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in
ownership of any securities of the Company.  To the Company's  knowledge,  based
solely on a review of the copies of such  reports  furnished  to the Company and
written  representations  that  no  other  reports  were  required,  all  of the
Company's  directors,  executive officers and greater than 10% shareholders made
all required  filings during the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1995,  with the
exception  of Barbara  Davis Blum whose  report  following an October 1995 stock
purchase was filed eleven days late.

Item 10. Executive Compensation

     The executive  officers of the Company receive cash  compensation  from the
Bank in connection with their  positions as executive  officers of the Bank. The
Company does not  separately  compensate  its executive  officers with cash, but
does offer certain stock option compensation.

     The following table shows the cash compensation paid by the Bank during the
fiscal  years ended  December  31,  1995,  1994 and 1993 to the Chief  Executive
Officer,   who  is  the  only  executive  officer  of  the  Company  whose  cash
compensation exceeded $100,000, for services rendered during these years:

                                Summary Compensation Table


                                          Annual Compensation
                                     ---------------------------------------
                                                                Other Annual
                             Year    Salary      Bonus/Other   Compensation (1)
                             ----    ------      -----------   ----------------
Barbara Davis Blum,          1995     $185,155      $ 0               $ 5,555
Chairwoman of the Board,     1994      185,155        0                 5,183
President, Chief Executive   1993      173,040        0                 4,271
Officer of the Company
and the Bank


(1)  Represents  the Bank's  contribution  to the 401(k) Plan for the account of
     Barbara Davis Blum. Ms. Blum received  certain  perquisites but the cost of
     providing such  perquisites  did not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of
     her salary.


                                       67

<PAGE>

Employment Agreement
- --------------------

     On February 20, 1996,  the Company and the Bank entered into an  employment
agreement  with Barbara Davis Blum  providing for the  employment by the Company
and the Bank of Ms. Blum as Chair,  President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company  and  the  Bank  through   February  20,  1998.   The  agreement   shall
automatically be extended for an additional  two-year period unless,  six months
prior to the  expiration  date,  the Company  and the Bank  Boards of  Directors
determine in a duly adopted resolution that the agreement should not be extended
and so notify Ms. Blum.  Under the terms of the employment  agreement,which  was
amended on March 29,  1996,  Ms.  Blum is  entitled to receive a base salary for
1996 of $194,413, all benefits provided by any plan available by the Bank to its
employees,  certain  executive fringe  benefits,  annual or other bonuses at the
sole  discretion  of the Company and the Bank  Boards and a  nonqualified  stock
option (the "Option") to purchase  25,000 shares of the Company's  common stock.
The Option  vests  beginning in 1996 at an annual rate of 20% at the end of each
year and is  exercisable  for a period of 10 years  from the date of grant at an
exercise  price equal to 85% of the fair market  value of the  Company's  common
stock on the date of grant. The Option shall become fully vested in the event of
a Change in Control (as defined in the employment agreement) or in the event Ms.
Blum's employment should terminate for any reason,  and remain exercisable for a
period of two years. Under the terms of Ms. Blum's previous employment agreement
her salary for 1995 was  $185,155.  The current  employment  agreement  provides
that,  in the event Ms. Blum shall  resign with 60 days  notification,  then she
shall be entitled to receive a cash payment  equal to the current  year's salary
then in effect.  In addition,  the  agreement  provides that in the event of Ms.
Blum's death, disability,  termination without just cause or termination without
her written consent and for a reason other than just cause in connection with or
within 12 months after any Change in Control,  or upon the occurrence of certain
other events in  connection  with a change of control,  she shall be entitled to
receive  a cash  payment  equal to two times her base  salary  (in  semi-monthly
payments  in the  event of  disability)  and the  acceleration  of the  unvested
portion of any stock  options.  In  addition,  she shall be included to the full
extent eligible in all plans providing benefits, including group life insurance,
disability insurance and pension programs for executive employees of the Company
during the term of the  employment  agreement  and for two years  following  her
disability or termination without just cause or one year following her voluntary
termination.  The change in control  benefits are estimated to have an aggregate
value of  approximately  $499,000.  Ms.  Blum has  agreed  not to  engage in the
banking  business   elsewhere  in  Washington,   D.C.  or  Baltimore,   Maryland
metropolitan  areas or to solicit the Bank's customers or employees for a period
of one year following the voluntary termination of her employment.

Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
- -------------------------------

     No options  have been  granted to date  under the  Company's  Non-Qualified
Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"). A total of 30,000 shares of the Company's Common
Stock are  authorized  for  issuance  under the Plan,  in which  officers of the
Company and the Bank who have been  employed  for at least one year are eligible
to participate.  The option exercise price of any options granted under the Plan
will equal  100% of the book  value of the  shares as of the date of grant.  Any
options granted under the Plan will become  exercisable on a cumulative basis at
a rate of 25% per  year  during  the  period  of four  years  after  the  grant;
provided,  however,  that the first 25% will not  become  exercisable  until the
expiration of six months after the date of grant.



                                       68

<PAGE>




Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan
- ------------------------------------

     On January 23,  1996,  the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  approved a
qualified Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan (the "Employee Plan"). A total of
3,329 shares of the Company's Common Stock are authorized for issuance under the
Employee  Plan,  in which key employees of the Company and the Bank are eligible
to  participate.  On January  23,  1996,  all such  options  were  granted at an
exercise  price of 100% of fair value at the date of grant,  or $23.78.  Options
granted under the Employee Plan are immediately exercisable and expire not later
than ten years  following  the date of grant.  The  Employee  Plan is subject to
shareholder approval, which will be sought at the next annual meeting.


Directors Stock Option Plan
- ---------------------------

     On January 23,  1996,  the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  approved a
nonqualified  Directors  Stock Option Plan (the  "Directors  Plan").  A total of
2,143 shares of the Company's Common Stock are authorized for issuance under the
Directors  Plan,  in which all directors of the Company and the Bank in 1995 are
eligible to participate  based upon the total months of 1995 Board  service.  On
January 23, 1996,  all such options were granted at an exercise  price of 85% of
fair value at the date of grant, or $20.21.  Options granted under the Directors
Plan vest beginning in 1996 at an annual rate of 20% at the end of each year and
expire  at the  earlier  of ten years  following  the date of grant or two years
after leaving the Board. The options shall become fully vested in the event of a
Change in Control  (as defined in the  Directors  Stock  Option  Plan) or in the
event  the  Director  leaves  the  Board.  The  Directors  Plan  is  subject  to
shareholder approval, which will be sought at the next annual meeting.


401(k) Plan
- -----------

     The Bank has a 401(k) plan covering all full-time employees.  The Bank made
contributions to the plan of $34,000 in 1995.


Directors' Compensation
- -----------------------

     During 1995, directors of the Company received $250 for each meeting of the
Board of Directors attended,  $200 for each Executive Committee meeting and $100
for all other committee meetings.


Severance Agreements
- --------------------

     On April 7, 1994,  the Board of  Directors of the Bank  approved  severance
arrangements  for  seven  key  management  officials.  These  arrangements  were
incorporated  into  Severance  Agreements,  dated  as  of  April  7,  1994  (the
"Severance Agreements").

                                       69

<PAGE>



     The  Severance  Agreements  provide  that,  in the  event of a  "Change  in
Control" (as defined in the Severance  Agreements) the officers will be entitled
to resign from the Bank within the one year period following a Change in Control
and receive a lump sum payment  equal to one year's full base salary at the rate
applicable  to the officer in effect at that time.  The term "Change in Control"
does not  include  a  transaction  approved  by a  majority  of the  "Continuing
Directors" (as defined in the Severance Agreements) then in office. In addition,
an officer will be entitled to receive such  severance  payment in the event the
officer's  employment with the Bank is "Terminated" (as defined in the Severance
Agreements)  within the one year period following a Change in Control,  prior to
the  resignation  of the  officer.  These  benefits  are  estimated  to  have an
aggregate value of  approximately  $504,000 based on current salary levels.  Any
severance payment payable under the Severance  Agreements will be reduced to the
extent that any such payment  constitutes an "Excess Parachute  Payment" as such
term is defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  The Severance
Agreements are binding on the Bank and its successors.


Item 11. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.


     The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  the  beneficial
ownership  of the Common  Stock as of March 15, 1996 by (i) each person or group
known by the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding  Common
Stock;  (ii)  each of the  Company's  directors;  and (iii)  all  directors  and
executive officers of the Company as a group.  Unless otherwise noted below, the
persons  named in the table have sole  voting and sole  investment  powers  with
respect to each of the Shares reported as beneficially owned by such person.

                                         Beneficial
                                        Ownership of        Percent of
    Name and Address                       Shares          Class Owned
    ----------------                       ------          -----------

Shirley A. Reynolds                     40,000 (1)(2)         14.0%
1130 13th Avenue
Huntington, West Virginia 25701

Barbara W. Beymer                       27,000 (1)             9.4%
214 North Boulevard West
Huntington, West Virginia 25701

Deborah P. Wright                       20,000 (1)(3)          7.0%
1517 Diederich Boulevard
Flatwoods, Kentucky 41139

Thomas W. Wright and
Deborah P. Wright, jointly               7,000 (1)(3)          2.4%
P.O. Box 716
Ashland, Kentucky 41105


                                       70

<PAGE>



SAG, Corp. Money Purchase               20,161 (4)             7.0%
  Plan and Trust (Pension),
  Neal R. Gross, Trustee
  Ava S. Gross, Trustee
4218 Lenore Lane, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20008

Barbara Davis Blum                       1,708 (6)               *

Shireen L. Dodson                          100                   *

Susan Hager                                522                   *

Jeanne D. Hubbard                        1,500 (1)               *

Clarence L. James, Jr.                     100                   *

Marshall T. Reynolds                    75,165 (1)(2)         26.3%

Robert L. Shell, Jr.                    22,000 (1)(5)          7.7%

Dana B. Stebbins                           100                   *

Susan J. Williams                          522                   *

All directors and executive
officers as a group (10 persons)       102,321 (7)            35.8%
- -------------------------
* Less than 1%


     (1)  Based  upon  Amendment  No. 1 to  Schedule  13D dated  July 21,  1995,
Marshall T.  Reynolds,  Shirley A.  Reynolds,  Robert L. Shell,  Jr.,  Robert H.
Beymer,  Barbara W. Beymer,  Thomas W.  Wright,  Deborah P. Wright and Jeanne D.
Hubbard acquired 203,038  outstanding shares of the Company.  Amendment No. 2 to
Schedule 13D dated March 5, 1996, evidences the disposition of a total of 15,000
shares by Marshall T.  Reynolds  and Robert L. Shell,  Jr. An  additional  4,627
shares were acquired by Marshall T. Reynolds and Shirley A. Reynolds, jointly in
a tender offer which was completed September 15, 1995.

     (2)  Marshall  T.  Reynolds  and  Shirley  A.  Reynolds  share  voting  and
dispositive  power with respect to 65,165  shares owned  jointly.  An additional
10,000 shares are held by a dependent child.

     (3) Thomas W.  Wright and Deborah P. Wright  share  voting and  dispositive
power with respect to 7,000 shares owned jointly.

     (4) Based upon a Schedule 13D dated  September 18, 1995,  Neal R. Gross and
Ava S. Gross share voting and dispositive power with respect to these shares.

                                       71

<PAGE>




     (5) Based upon  Amendment  No. 1 to Schedule 13D dated July 21, 1995,  upon
any default  under Robert L. Shell,  Jr.'s loan  agreement  with Bank One,  West
Virginia  which  extended  financing  for the  purchase of Mr.  Shell's  shares,
Marshall T.  Reynolds  would be required to purchase the shares of the Company's
Common Stock attributed to Mr. Shell,  increasing the number of shares held with
sole voting and  dispositive  power by Mr.  Reynolds to 27,000 and  reducing Mr.
Shell's  beneficial  ownership to -0-. Mr.  Shell's  shares include 2,000 shares
transferred by gift to his wife.

     (6) Includes  options to purchase 756 shares  granted to Ms. Blum under the
Employees Plan.

     (7) Includes  options to purchase 1,160 shares granted to all directors and
executive officers as a group.

     For several years,  an issue existed  regarding the ownership of 203,038 of
the  Company's  shares of  Common  Stock.  Citibank,  N.A.  ("Citibank")  held a
security  interest  in 203,038  Shares,  representing  approximately  71% of the
outstanding  shares (the "Pledged  Shares").  Beginning in 1990, the Company and
its advisors  participated in various discussions with Citibank and its advisors
concerning  the  disposition  by Citibank of the Pledged Shares or a sale of the
Company.

     On April 12, 1994, the Company's Board of Directors,  on the recommendation
of the Special  Committee  (a Board  appointed  committee  of outside  directors
comprised of those of the  Company's  directors  who were neither  employees nor
significant  stockholders  of the  Company),  adopted  a Rights  Agreement,  the
purpose of which was to provide the Board of  Directors  with  adequate  time to
respond  effectively  to a takeover  attempt and in a manner that would maximize
the value of the Company for all shareholders.

     On April 14, 1994,  Citibank filed a complaint against the Company and each
of its  directors in the Delaware  Chancery  Court seeking to enjoin the Company
from implementing the Rights Agreement or distributing the Rights. The complaint
alleged, among other things, that the Rights Agreement violated Delaware law and
that in adopting the Rights  Agreement  the  directors  of the Company  violated
their  fiduciary duty to all of the  shareholders  of the Company and tortiously
interfered  with the  consummation  of  Citibank's  proposed sale of the Pledged
Shares to National  Bankshares,  Inc., a group with whom Citibank had negotiated
the sale of the Pledged Shares from 1992 through 1994 ("NBI"). On June 24, 1994,
the Company filed an answer to the complaint  denying the  allegations  and in a
counterclaim  against  Citibank  requested  that  the  court  enter  a  judgment
declaring the Rights  Agreement  valid and lawfully  adopted under  Delaware law
(collectively, the "Delaware Litigation").

     On June 29, 1994, the Special  Committee was advised by Baxter Fentriss and
Company (the Company's  investment advisor) of a proposal received from Marshall
T. Reynolds to purchase the Pledged Shares from Citibank and to make an offer to
purchase up to the 81,806 shares of Common Stock that were not owned by Citibank
(the  "Minority  Shares").  On April 19,  1995,  the Board of  Directors  of the
Company, on the recommendation of the Special Committee, authorized the entry by
the Company into an agreement with Mr. Reynolds pursuant to which he

                                       72

<PAGE>



agreed that if his purchase of the Pledged  Shares from Citibank was  completed,
he would  within 20  business  days  commence  a tender  offer to  purchase  the
Minority Shares at a price of $21.00 per share (the "Reynolds Agreement"). Under
the Reynolds Agreement, Mr. Reynolds also agreed that until the Tender Offer was
completed  neither he nor any  assignee  of his rights to  purchase  the Pledged
Shares would vote the Pledged Shares, without the consent of the Company's Board
of Directors or to change in any respect the  composition of the Company's Board
of Directors.  In consideration  for the commitment of Reynolds to undertake the
Tender Offer,  the Company  agreed (i) to amend the Rights  Agreement to prevent
the  purchase by Mr.  Reynolds of the  Pledged  Shares or the Tender  Offer from
triggering the  exercisability  of the Rights,  (ii) to take such actions as are
necessary  to ensure  that  neither the  purchase of the Pledged  Shares nor the
Tender Offer will  constitute a "Change in Control"  under the Bank's  Severance
Agreements with certain key officers and (iii) not to, or not permit the Bank to
(A) amend the Severance  Agreements  (except as described above),  (B) amend the
Employment  Agreement among the Company, the Bank and Barbara Davis Blum (except
that an  extension  of the  termination  date to a date that is not more than 90
days  following the  completion  of the purchase of the Pledged  Shares would be
permitted),  (C) issue any stock, or any options, warrants or rights to purchase
stock, or any long-term debt securities,  (D) enter into, or materially increase
the level of contributions  to, any pension,  retirement,  stock option,  profit
sharing,  deferred  compensation,  bonus,  group  insurance  or similar plan for
directors,  officers  or  employees,  (E) other than in the  ordinary  course of
business,  mortgage,  pledge or dispose of any assets,  incur any  indebtedness,
increase  the  compensation  or  benefits  payable  to  directors,  officers  or
employees,  incur any material obligation,  or enter into any material contract,
or (F) amend the  Certificate of  Incorporation  or Bylaws of the Company or the
Articles of Association or Bylaws of the Bank. The foregoing  restrictions  were
subject to the  exception  that the Company or the Bank was permitted to adopt a
stock option plan for its  directors  and employees and during the first year of
the plan issue  options to  purchase  shares of Common  Stock not in excess of 2
1/2% of the total number of shares outstanding.

     On April 20, 1995, the Company amended the Rights Agreement to provide that
neither  (i) the  entry by Mr.  Reynolds  into an  agreement  with  Citibank  to
purchase  the  Pledged  Shares or the  purchase by Mr.  Reynolds  (or any of his
permitted assignees) of the Pledged Shares nor (ii) the announcement, conduct or
completion of the Tender Offer will trigger the exercisability of the Rights.

     On April 21, 1995,  Citibank and Mr. Reynolds entered into a Stock Purchase
Agreement  pursuant to which Mr.  Reynolds agreed to purchase the Pledged Shares
at a purchase price of $17.00 per share.  The purchase was completed on July 21,
1995. In connection with the closing of the purchase of the Pledged Shares,  the
Company,  the Bank and each director of the Company (other than Richard Naing, a
former  director of the Bank)  delivered a release  releasing  Citibank  and its
directors,  officers,  employees,  agents and  representatives  from any and all
claims relating to actions taken by Citibank with respect to the Pledged Shares.
Correspondingly,  Citibank  delivered a release releasing the Company,  the Bank
and each  director  (other than Mr.  Naing who  declined to deliver a release in
favor of Citibank),  officer,  employee, agent and representative of the Company
and the Bank from any and all claims  relating to Citibank's  efforts to dispose
of the Pledged  Shares.  In addition,  the Company,  the Bank and each  director
(other than Mr. Naing) and executive  officer of the Company delivered a release
releasing NBI and its directors, officers,

                                       73

<PAGE>



employees,  agents and representatives from any and all claims relating to NBI's
efforts to purchase the Pledged Shares. Correspondingly, NBI delivered a release
releasing the Company, the Bank and each director,  executive officer, employee,
agent and  representative  of the Company and the Bank (other than Mr. Naing who
declined to deliver a release in favor of NBI).  On July 21, 1995,  the Delaware
Litigation was dismissed with prejudice.

     On August 16, 1995, Mr. Reynolds  commenced his Tender Offer to purchase up
to 81,806 shares of Common Stock, consisting of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock that were not then owned by him or his associates at a price of $21.00 per
share net to seller in cash,  upon the terms and subject to the  conditions  set
forth in the Offer to Purchase,  dated August 16, 1995 and the related Letter of
Transmittal (which together constitute the "Tender Offer"). The Tender Offer was
completed  on September  15,  1995.  A total of 4,627  shares were  tendered and
acquired by Marshall T. Reynolds and Shirley A. Reynolds, jointly.




Item 12. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

     The Bank has  had,  and it is  expected  that it will  have in the  future,
banking  transactions  in the  ordinary  course of business  with the  Company's
directors,  officers  and their  associates  on  substantially  the same  terms,
including interest rates,  collateral and payment terms on extensions of credit,
as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with others. In
the opinion of management these transactions did not in 1995 involve more than a
normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.

     As of March 15, 1996, the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness to the
Bank owed by officers and directors of the Company and their associates who were
indebted  to the  Bank on that  date was  approximately  $572,000.  The  highest
aggregate principal amount owed during 1995 by all officers and directors of the
Company and their  associates  who were indebted to the Bank during the year was
approximately $1,001,000.

     The Company has engaged in  transactions in the ordinary course of business
with  some  of  its  directors,   officers,  principal  stockholders  and  their
associates.  Management believes that all such transactions are made on the same
terms as those  prevailing  at the time with other  persons.  During  1995,  the
Company  engaged  Hager Sharp,  Inc.,  of which Susan  Hager,  a director of the
Company, is President, to provide public relations services. For the fiscal year
ended  December 31, 1995,  the Company paid Hager Sharp,  Inc.  $15,000 for such
services.  During 1995, the Company engaged Manatt,  Phelps & Phillips,  LLP, of
which  Clarence  L.  James,  Jr., a director of the  Company,  is a partner,  to
provide legal  services.  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, fees paid
to Manatt,  Phelps & Phillips,  LLP did not exceed 5% of the firm's revenues for
the year.

Item 13. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports of Form 8-K.

     (a) Exhibits


                                       74

<PAGE>



Exhibit
Number            Description of Exhibit
- ------            ----------------------

3.1       Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended (1)

3.2       By-laws of the Company, as amended (2)

4.1.1     Rights  Agreement dated as of April 12, 1994,  between the Company and
          The  First   National  Bank  of  Maryland,   as  Rights  Agent  (Right
          Certificate  attached as Exhibit A to Rights  Agreement and Summary of
          Rights to  Purchase  Common  Shares  attached  as  Exhibit B to Rights
          Agreement) (3)

4.1.2     First Amendment dated April 20, 1995 between the Company and The First
          National Bank of Maryland, as Rights Agent (4)

10.1      Subordinated  Note Agreement  dated February 2, 1988 between The Adams
          National Bank and Minbanc Capital Corp. (5)

10.2.1    Non-qualified Stock Option Plan, as amended (6)

10.2.2    Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan and Agreement

10.2.3    Directors Stock Option Plan and Agreement

10.2.4    Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement

10.3      Employment  Agreement dated February 20, 1996 between the Company, the
          Bank and Barbara Davis Blum, as amended on March 29, 1996.

10.4      Lease  Agreement  dated November 1, 1992 between Chase Manhattan Bank,
          N.A. as Trustee for Account  Number p99904 and The Adams National Bank
          (7)

10.5      Lease  Agreement  dated November 1, 1992 between Chase Manhattan Bank,
          N.A. as Trustee for Account  Number p99904 and The Adams National Bank
          (8)

10.6      Lease  Agreement  dated April 21, 1988  between  Union  Station  Joint
          Venture, Ltd. and The Adams National Bank (9)

10.7.1    Lease  Agreement  dated April 21,  1989,  as amended on August 1, 1989
          between Union Station Joint Venture,  Ltd. and The Adams National Bank
          (10)

10.7.2    Amendment dated  December 20,  1993 to Lease Agreement dated April 21,
          1989,  as  amended on  August 1,  1989  between  Union  Station  Joint
          Venture, Ltd. and The Adams National Bank (11)


                                       75

<PAGE>



10.8      Lease  Agreement  dated  December 20, 1993 between Union Station Joint
          Venture, Ltd., and The Adams National Bank (12)

10.9      Sublease  Agreement dated  September 1, 1981, as amended  September 1,
          1984, between 2909 M Associates and The Adams National Bank (13)

10.10     Lease  Agreement  dated March 6, 1996 between 1604 17th Street Limited
          Partners and The Adams National Bank.

10.11     Agreement for Information  Technology Services between Electronic Data
          Systems Corporation and The Adams National Bank (14)

10.12     Special Program Financial  Services  Agreement dated December 30, 1993
          between IBAA Bancard, Inc. and The Adams National Bank (15)

10.13     Deposit  Insurance  Transfer and Asset Purchase  Agreement dated as of
          May 1, 1992 by and among the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation as
          Receiver of Metropolitan  Bank,  N.A., the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
          Corporation and The Adams National Bank (16)

10.14     Asset Pool Proposal Form and the Asset Pool Sale Agreement dated as of
          July 6, 1993 by and among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as
          Receiver  of  City  National  Bank,  the  Federal  Deposit   Insurance
          Corporation and The Adams National Bank (17)

10.15     Severance Agreement between the Bank and Alexander Beltran dated as of
          April 7, 1994 (18)

10.16     Severance  Agreement between the Bank and Devin Blum dated as of April
          7, 1994 (19)

10.17     Severance  Agreement  between the Bank and Thomas O. Griel dated as of
          April 7, 1994 (20)

10.18     Severance  Agreement between the Bank Joyce R. Hertz dated as of April
          7, 1994 (21)

10.19     Severance  Agreement  between the Bank and Kimberly J. Levine dated as
          of April 7, 1994 (22)

10.20     Severance  Agreement  between the Bank and Melrose  Nathan dated as of
          April 7, 1994 (23)

10.21     Severance  Agreement  between the Bank and Bijan  Partovi  dated as of
          April 7, 1994 (24)


                                       76

<PAGE>



10.22     Agreement,  dated April 20, 1995  between the Company and  Marshall T.
          Reynolds (25)

21        Subsidiaries of the Registrant (26)

- ------------------------------

(1)       Incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit  3(a) of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1987.

(2)       Incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit  3(b) of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1987.

(3)       Incorporated   by  reference   to  Exhibits   1-3  of  the   Company's
          Registration Statement on Form 8- A dated April 12, 1994.

(4)       Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company's  Registration
          Statement on Form 8- A/A dated April 21, 1995.

(5)       Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10(a) of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1987.

(6)       Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10(b) of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal  year ended  December  31, 1987 and
          Exhibit 10(i) of the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal
          year ended December 31, 1989.

(7)       Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10(d) of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992.

(8)       Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10(e) of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992.

(9)       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f) of the Company's  Quarterly
          Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1988.

(10)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10(g) of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1989.

(11)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.7.2 of the Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993.

(12)      Incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit  10.8 of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10- K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993.

(13)      Incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit  10.9 of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10- K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994.


                                       77

<PAGE>



(14)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10(j) of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10- K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992.

(15)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.11 of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994.

(16)      Incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 10 of the  Company's  Quarterly
          Report on Form 10- Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1992.

(17)      Incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 10 of the  Company's  Quarterly
          Report on Form 10- Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993.

(18)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.1 of the  Company's  Current
          Report on Form 8- K dated  April 27,  1994  (earliest  event  reported
          April 7, 1994).

(19)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.2 of the  Company's  Current
          Report on Form 8- K dated  April 27,  1994  (earliest  event  reported
          April 7, 1994).

(20)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.3 of the  Company's  Current
          Report on Form 8- K dated  April 27,  1994  (earliest  event  reported
          April 7, 1994).

(21)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.4 of the  Company's  Current
          Report on Form 8- K dated  April 27,  1994  (earliest  event  reported
          April 7, 1994).

(22)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.5 of the  Company's  Current
          Report on Form 8- K dated  April 27,  1994  (earliest  event  reported
          April 7, 1994).

(23)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.6 of the  Company's  Current
          Report on Form 8- K dated  April 27,  1994  (earliest  event  reported
          April 7, 1994).

(24)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.7 of the  Company's  Current
          Report on Form 8- K dated  April 27,  1994  (earliest  event  reported
          April 7, 1994).

(25)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 5 of the Company's  Registration
          Statement on Form 8-A/A, dated April 21, 1995.

(26)      Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 22 of the Company's Annual Report
          on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1987.



(b)       No  reports  on Form 8-K were  filed  during  the last  quarter of the
          fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.



                                       78

<PAGE>




                                   SIGNATURES

     In accordance  with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Registrant
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized.


                                       ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
                                       ------------------------------------
                                                Registrant


Date:  March 29, 1996                  By:      /s/ Barbara Davis Blum
                                                -----------------------
                                                Barbara Davis Blum
                                                Chairwoman of the Board,
                                                President and
                                                Chief Executive Officer

     In  accordance  with the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by
the following  persons on behalf of the  Registrant and in the capacities and on
the dates indicated.


       Signature                      Title                         Date
       ---------                      -----                         ----



/s/ Barbara Davis Blum      Chairwoman of the Board, President  March 29, 1996
- ----------------------      and Chief Executive Officer
Barbara Davis Blum          (Principal Executive Officer)



/s/ Shireen L. Dodson       Director                            March 29, 1996
- ---------------------
Shireen Dodson


/s/ Susan Hager             Director                            March 29, 1996
- ---------------
Susan Hager


- ---------------             Director                            March 29, 1996
Jeanne Hubbard


/s/ Clarence L. James, Jr.  Director                            March 29, 1996
- --------------------------
Clarence L. James, Jr.



                                       79

<PAGE>



- --------------------         Director                            March 29, 1996
Marshall T. Reynolds


- ---------------              Director                            March 29, 1996
Robert L. Shell, Jr.


/s/ Dana Stebbins            Director                            March 29, 1995
- -----------------
Dana Stebbins


/s/ Susan J. Williams        Director                            March 29, 1996
- ---------------------
Susan J. Williams


/s/ Kimberly J. Levine       Senior Vice President,              March __, 1996
- ----------------------       Treasurer and Chief Financial
Kimberly J. Levine           Officer (Principal Financial
                             and Accounting Officer)



                                       80

<PAGE>





                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

                                                                Page at Which
                                                                Exhibit Appears
Exhibit                                                         in Sequentially
Number                    Description of Exhibit                Numbered Copy
- ------                    ----------------------                -------------

3.1       Certificate of  Incorporation  of the Company,  as
          amended (1)

3.2       By-laws of the Company, as amended (2)

4.1.1     Rights  Agreement  dated  as of  April  12,  1994,
          between the Company and The First National Bank of
          Maryland,   as  Rights  Agent  (Right  Certificate
          attached  as  Exhibit  A to Rights  Agreement  and
          Summary  of  Rights  to  Purchase   Common  Shares
          attached as Exhibit B to Rights Agreement) (3)

4.1.2     First  Amendment  dated April 20, 1995 between the
          Company and The First  National  Bank of Maryland,
          as Rights Agent (4)

10.1      Subordinated Note Agreement dated February 2, 1988
          between  The  Adams   National  Bank  and  Minbanc
          Capital Corp. (5)

10.2.1    Non-qualified Stock Option Plan, as amended (6)

10.2.2    Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan and Agreement

10.2.3    Directors Stock Option Plan and Agreement

10.2.4    Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement

10.3      Employment  Agreement  dated February 20, 1996, as
          amended on March 29,  1996,  between the  Company,
          the Bank and Barbara Davis Blum

10.4      Lease  Agreement  dated  November 1, 1992  between
          Chase  Manhattan Bank, N.A. as Trustee for Account
          Number p99904 and The Adams National Bank (7)

10.5      Lease  Agreement  dated  November 1, 1992  between
          Chase  Manhattan Bank, N.A. as Trustee for Account
          Number p99904 and The Adams National Bank (8)

10.6      Lease Agreement dated April 21, 1988 between Union
          Station Joint Venture, Ltd. and The Adams National
          Bank (9)

10.7.1    Lease  Agreement  dated April 21, 1989, as amended
          on August  1, 1989  between  Union  Station  Joint
          Venture, Ltd. and The Adams National Bank (10)

                                       81

<PAGE>



10.7.2    Amendment   dated   December  20,  1993  to  Lease
          Agreement  dated  April 21,  1989,  as  amended on
          August  1,  1989  between   Union   Station  Joint
          Venture, Ltd. and The Adams National Bank (11)

10.8      Lease  Agreement  dated  December 20, 1993 between
          Union Station Joint  Venture,  Ltd., and The Adams
          National Bank (12)

10.9      Sublease  Agreement  dated  September 1, 1981,  as
          amended   September   1,  1984,   between  2909  M
          Associates and The Adams National Bank (13)

10.10     Lease  Agreement  dated March 6, 1996 between 1604
          17th  Street   Limited   Partners  and  The  Adams
          National Bank.

10.11     Agreement  for  Information   Technology  Services
          between  Electronic  Data Systems  Corporation and
          The Adams National Bank (14)

10.12     Special Program Financial Services Agreement dated
          December 30, 1993 between IBAA  Bancard,  Inc. and
          The Adams National Bank (15)

10.13     Deposit  Insurance  Transfer  and  Asset  Purchase
          Agreement dated as of May 1, 1992 by and among the
          Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation as Receiver
          of  Metropolitan  Bank,  N.A., the Federal Deposit
          Insurance  Corporation and The Adams National Bank
          (16)

10.14     Asset Pool  Proposal  Form and the Asset Pool Sale
          Agreement  dated as of July 6,  1993 by and  among
          the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance   Corporation  as
          Receiver  of  City  National   Bank,  the  Federal
          Deposit   Insurance   Corporation  and  The  Adams
          National Bank (17)

10.15     Severance Agreement between the Bank and Alexander
          Beltran dated as of April 7, 1994 (18)

10.16     Severance  Agreement  between  the Bank and  Devin
          Blum dated as of April 7, 1994 (19)

10.17     Severance Agreement between the Bank and Thomas O.
          Griel dated as of April 7, 1994 (20)

10.18     Severance  Agreement  between  the  Bank  Joyce R.
          Hertz dated as of April 7, 1994 (21)

10.19     Severance  Agreement between the Bank and Kimberly
          J. Levine dated as of April 7, 1994 (22)

10.20     Severance  Agreement  between the Bank and Melrose
          Nathan dated as of April 7, 1994 (23)

                                                          82

<PAGE>



10.21     Severance  Agreement  between  the Bank and  Bijan
          Partovi dated as of April 7, 1994 (24)

10.22     Agreement,   dated  April  20,  1995  between  the
          Company and Marshall T. Reynolds (25)

21        Subsidiaries of the Registrant (26)

- ------------------------------

(1)       Incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit  3(a) of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1987.

(2)       Incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit  3(b) of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1987.

(3)       Incorporated   by  reference   to  Exhibits   1-3  of  the   Company's
          Registration Statement on Form 8- A dated April 12, 1994.

(4)       Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company's  Registration
          Statement on Form 8- A/A dated April 21, 1995.

(5)       Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10(a) of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1987.

(6)       Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10(b) of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal  year ended  December  31, 1987 and
          Exhibit 10(i) of the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal
          year ended December 31, 1989.

(7)       Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10(d) of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992.

(8)       Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10(e) of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992.

(9)       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f) of the Company's  Quarterly
          Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1988.

(10)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10(g) of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1989.

(11)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.7.2 of the Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993.

(12)      Incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit  10.8 of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10- K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993.

                                       83

<PAGE>



(13)      Incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit  10.9 of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10- K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994.

(14)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10(j) of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10- K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992.

(15)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.11 of the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994.

(16)      Incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 10 of the  Company's  Quarterly
          Report on Form 10- Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1992.

(17)      Incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 10 of the  Company's  Quarterly
          Report on Form 10- Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993.

(18)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.1 of the  Company's  Current
          Report on Form 8- K dated  April 27,  1994  (earliest  event  reported
          April 7, 1994).

(19)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.2 of the  Company's  Current
          Report on Form 8- K dated  April 27,  1994  (earliest  event  reported
          April 7, 1994).

(20)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.3 of the  Company's  Current
          Report on Form 8- K dated  April 27,  1994  (earliest  event  reported
          April 7, 1994).

(21)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.4 of the  Company's  Current
          Report on Form 8- K dated  April 27,  1994  (earliest  event  reported
          April 7, 1994).

(22)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.5 of the  Company's  Current
          Report on Form 8- K dated  April 27,  1994  (earliest  event  reported
          April 7, 1994).

(23)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.6 of the  Company's  Current
          Report on Form 8- K dated  April 27,  1994  (earliest  event  reported
          April 7, 1994).

(24)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.7 of the  Company's  Current
          Report on Form 8- K dated  April 27,  1994  (earliest  event  reported
          April 7, 1994).

(25)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 5 of the Company's  Registration
          Statement on Form 8-A/A, dated April 21, 1995.

(26)      Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 22 of the Company's Annual Report
          on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1987.


                                       84




                      ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
                      EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN


1.   PURPOSE

     The purpose of this Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is to
     give officers and executive  personnel  ("key  employees") of Abigail Adams
     National  Bancorp,  Inc. (The  "Company")  and The Adams National Bank (the
     "Bank")  an  opportunity  to  acquire  shares  of the  common  stock of the
     Company, $10.00, par value ("Common Stock") to provide an incentive for key
     employees  to  continue to promote  the best  interests  of the Company and
     enhance its  long-term  performance,  and to provide an  incentive  for key
     employees to join or remain with the Company.

2.   ADMINISTRATION

     (a) BOARD OF  DIRECTORS.  The Plan  shall be  administered  by the Board of
     Directors  of the  Company  (the  "Board"),  which,  to the extent it shall
     determine,  may delegate its powers with respect to the  administration  of
     the Plan  (except  its  powers  under  Section  12(c) to a  committee  (the
     "Committee")  appointed  by the Board and  composed  of not less than three
     members  of the  Board.  If the  Board  chooses  to  appoint  a  Committee,
     references  hereinafter  to the Board  (except in Section  12(c))  shall be
     deemed to refer to the Committee.  Notwithstanding the preceding provisions
     of the Section, no member of the Board may exercise discretion with respect
     to,  or  participate  in,  the  administration  of the Plan if, at any time
     within  one year prior to such  exercise  or  participation,  he or she has
     received  stock,  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights or any other
     derivative  security  pursuant to the Plan or any other plan of the Company
     or any affiliate  thereof as to which any  discretion  is  exercised.  This
     restriction  does not apply to a member who  receives  awards  during  such
     period under a formula plan.

     (b) POWERS.  Within the limits of the express  provisions of the Plan,  the
     Board shall determine:
          (i) the key employees to whom awards hereunder shall be granted,
          (ii)the time or times at which such awards shall be granted,
          (iii) the form and amount of the awards, and
          (iv) the limitations,  restrictions  and conditions  applicable to any
          such award.


<PAGE>



     In making such  determinations,  the Board may take into account the nature
     of the services rendered by such employees, or classes of employees,  their
     present and potential contributions to the Company's success and such other
     factors as the Board in its discretion shall deem relevant.

     (c)  INTERPRETATIONS.  Subject to the express  provisions of the Plan,  the
     Board may  interpret  the Plan,  prescribe,  amend  and  rescind  rules and
     regulations  relating  to it,  determine  the terms and  provisions  of the
     respective  awards and make all other  determinations it deems necessary or
     advisable for the administration of the Plan.

     (d)  DETERMINATIONS.  The  determinations  of  the  Board  on  all  matters
     regarding the Plan shall be conclusive. A member of the Board shall only be
     liable for any action taken or determination made in bad faith.

     (e) NON-UNIFORM DETERMINATIONS.  The Board's determinations under the Plan,
     including without  limitation,  determinations as to the persons to receive
     awards,  the  terms  and  provisions  of such  awards  and  the  agreements
     evidencing the same,  need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively
     among persons who receive or are eligible to receive awards under the Plan,
     whether or not such persons are similarly situated.

3.   AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN

     (a)  FORM.  Awards  under  the Plan may be  granted  in  either or both the
     following forms:

          (i) Incentive Stock Options, as described in Section 4, and (ii) Stock
          Appreciation Rights, as described in Section 6.

     (b) MAXIMUM  LIMITATIONS.  The  aggregate  number of shares of Common Stock
     available for grant under the Plan is 3,329, subject to adjustment pursuant
     to Section 8.  Shares of Common  Stock  issued  pursuant to the Plan may be
     either  authorized  but unissued  shares or shares now or hereafter held in
     the  treasury of the  Company.  In the event that,  prior to the end of the
     period during which  Incentive  Stock Options under the Plan, any Incentive
     Stock  Options  under  the  Plan  expires  unexercised  or  is  terminated,
     surrendered  or canceled  (other than in connection  with the exercise of a
     Stock Appreciation Right with respect to which common stock is delivered to
     the key employee under Section 6(b)(ii)), without


<PAGE>



     being exercised,  in whole or in part, for any reason, the number of shares
     theretofore  subject to such Incentive  Stock Option,  or the  unexercised,
     terminated,  forfeited or unearned portion  thereof,  shall be added to the
     remaining  number  of  shares of  Common  Stock  available  for grant as an
     Incentive Stock Option under the Plan, including a grant to a former holder
     of such Incentive Stock Option, upon such terms and conditions as the Board
     shall  determine,  which  terms may be more or less  favorable  than  those
     applicable to such former Incentive Stock Option.

     (c) TEN PERCENT  SHAREHOLDER.  Notwithstanding  any other provision  herein
     contained,  no key employee may receive an Incentive Stock Option under the
     Plan if such employee, at the time the award is granted owns (as defined in
     Section 424(d) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the "Code")) stock
     possessing  more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes
     of stock of the Company,  unless the option price for such Incentive  Stock
     Option  is at least  110% of the fair  market  value  of the  Common  Stock
     subject to such Incentive Stock Option on the date of grant and such Option
     is not  exercisable  after the date five years from the date such Option is
     granted.


4.   INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS

     It is intended that  Incentive  Stock Options  granted under the Plan shall
     constitute Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of Section 422 of the
     Code.  Incentive  Stock  Options  may be  granted  under  the  Plan for the
     purchase of shares of Common  Stock.  Incentive  Stock  Options shall be in
     such form and upon such  conditions  as the Board  shall  from time to time
     determine, subject to the following:

     (a) OPTION PRICES. The option price of each Incentive Stock Option shall be
     at least 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock  subject to such
     Incentive Stock Option on the date of grant.

     (b) TERMS OF OPTIONS.  No Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable after
     the date, ten years, from the date such Incentive Stock Option is granted.

     (c) LIMITATION ON AMOUNTS. The aggregate fair market value (determined with
     respect to each Incentive  Stock Option as of the time such Incentive Stock
     Option is  granted) of the capital  stock with  respect to which  Incentive
     Stock Options are  exercisable  for the first time by a key employee during
     any calendar year (under this


<PAGE>



     Plan or any other plan of the Company) shall not exceed $100,000.

5.   PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS

     (a)  EXERCISE.  Incentive  Stock Options shall be subject to such terms and
     conditions,  shall be  exercisable  at such  time or  times,  and  shall be
     evidenced by such form of written option agreement between the optionee and
     the Company,  as the Board shall determine;  provided,  that such terms are
     not  inconsistent  with the other  provisions of the Plan, and with Section
     422 of the Code or regulations thereunder.

     (b) MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS AND PAYMENT FOR COMMON  STOCK.  Incentive
     Stock Options may be exercised by an optionee by giving  written  notice to
     the  Secretary of the Company  stating the number of shares of Common Stock
     with respect to which the  Incentive  Stock Option is being  exercised  and
     tendering  payment  therefor.  At the time that an  Incentive  Stock Option
     granted under the Plan, or any part thereof, is exercised,  payment for the
     Common  Stock  issuable  thereupon  shall  be  made  in  full in cash or by
     certified  check or, if the Board at its  discretion  agrees to accept,  in
     shares of Common  Stock of the Company  (the number of shares paid for each
     share  subject  to the  Incentive  Stock  Option,  or part  thereof,  being
     exercised  shall be  determined  by dividing  the option  price by the fair
     market value per share of the Common  Stock  purchased,  registered  in the
     name of the optionee shall be delivered to the optionee.

     (c)  CANCELLATION  OF  STOCK  APPRECIATION  RIGHTS.  The  exercise  of  any
     Incentive  Stock  Option  shall  cancel  that  number,  if  any,  of  Stock
     Appreciation  Rights (as defined in Section 6)  included in such  Incentive
     Stock Options,  which is equal to the excess of (i) the number of shares of
     Common  Stock  subject  to  Stock  Appreciation  Rights  included  in  such
     Incentive  Stock,  over (ii) the  number of  shares of Common  Stock  which
     remain subject to such Incentive Stock Option after such exercise.

6.   STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

     (a)  AWARD.  If  deemed  by the  Board  to be in the best  interest  of the
     Company,  any Incentive  Stock Option  granted under the Plan may include a
     stock appreciation right ("Stock Appreciation  Right"),  either at the time
     of grant or thereafter while the Incentive Stock Option is outstanding.



<PAGE>



     (b) TERMS OF RIGHTS.  Stock  Appreciation  Rights  shall be subject to such
     terms and conditions not inconsistent with the other provisions of the Plan
     as the Board shall determine, provided that:

          (i) LIMITATIONS.  A Stock  Appreciation  Right shall be exercisable to
          the extent,  and only to the extent,  the  Incentive  Stock  Option in
          which it is included is exercisable and shall be exercisable  only for
          such period as the Board may determine  (which period may expire prior
          to, but not later than,  the expiration  date of such Incentive  Stock
          Option).  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Stock Appreciation
          Right is  exercisable  only when the fair  market  value of a share of
          Common  Stock  exceeds the option price  specified  in such  Incentive
          Stock Option.

          (ii) SURRENDER OR EXCHANGE.  A Stock  Appreciation Right shall entitle
          the  optionee to surrender to the Company  unexercised  the  Incentive
          Stock  Option,  or portion  thereof,  to which it is  related,  or any
          portion thereof,  and to receive from the Company in exchange therefor
          that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate  fair market
          value  equal to the  excess  of the fair  market  value on the date of
          exercise of one share of Common  Stock over the option price per share
          specified in such Incentive  Stock Option  multiplied by the number of
          shares of Common  Stock  subject to the  Incentive  Stock  Option,  or
          portion thereof, which is so surrendered.  The Board shall be entitled
          to elect to settle any part or all of the Company's obligation arising
          out of the  exercise of a Stock  Appreciation  Right by the payment of
          cash or by check equal to the aggregate  fair market value on the date
          on which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised of that part or all
          of the shares of Common Stock the Company would otherwise be obligated
          to deliver.


     (c)  CASH SETTLEMENT RESTRICTION.

          (i)  Notwithstanding  Section  6(b), so long as the grantee of a Stock
          Appreciation  Right is an officer of the Company,  the Company's right
          to elect to settle any part or all of its  obligation  arising  out of
          the exercise of a Stock  Appreciation  Right by the payment of cash or
          by check shall not apply unless such exercise  occurs no less than six
          months  after date of grant of the Right and either:  (1)  pursuant to
          the  provisions  of  subsection  (ii) below,  or (2) during the period
          beginning on the third business day


<PAGE>



          following  the date of release by the Company for  publication  of its
          quarterly  or annual  summary  statements  of sales and  earnings  and
          ending on the twelfth business day following such date.

          (ii) In the event  that,  pursuant  to  Section 9, the  Company  shall
          cancel all  unexercised  Incentive  Stock  Options as of the effective
          date of a merger or other transaction provided therein, or in the case
          of dissolution of the Company, then each Stock Appreciation Right held
          by  an  executive   officer  or  director  of  the  Company  shall  be
          automatically  exercised for cash on such date within 90 days prior to
          the effective  date of such  transaction  or  dissolution as the Board
          shall determine and, in the absence of such determination, on the last
          business day immediately prior to such effective date.

7.   TRANSFERABILITY

     No Incentive Stock Option or Stock  Appreciation  Right may be transferred,
     assigned,   pledged  or  hypothecated  (whether  by  operation  of  law  or
     otherwise), except as provided by will or the applicable laws of descent or
     distribution,  and no Incentive  Stock Option or Stock  Appreciation  Right
     shall be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted
     assignment,  transfer,  pledge,  hypothecation  or other  disposition of an
     Incentive Stock Option or Stock  Appreciation  Right, or levy of attachment
     or similar  process upon the Incentive  Stock Option or Stock  Appreciation
     Right not specifically  permitted herein shall be null and void and without
     effect.  An  Incentive  Stock  Option  or Stock  Appreciation  Right may be
     exercised only by a key employee during his or her lifetime, or pursuant to
     Section I I (c), by her/his or estate or the person who  acquires the right
     to exercise such Incentive  Stock Option or Stock  Appreciation  Right upon
     his or her death by bequest or inheritance.

8.   ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS

     The  aggregate  number  of shares of Common  Stock  with  respect  to which
     Incentive Stock Options and Stock Appreciation  Rights may be granted,  the
     aggregate  number of shares of Common  Stock  subject  to each  outstanding
     Incentive Stock Option and Stock  Appreciation  Right, and the option price
     per share of each such  Incentive  Stock Option,  may all be  appropriately
     adjusted  as the Board may  determine  for any  increase or decrease in the
     number of shares of issued Common Stock  resulting  from a  subdivision  or
     consolidation of shares, whether through


<PAGE>



     reorganization,  recapitalization,  stock split-up,  stock  distribution or
     combination of shares, or the payment of a share dividend or other increase
     or  decrease  in the number of such  shares  outstanding  effected  without
     receipt of consideration by the Company.  Adjustments  under this Section 8
     shall  be made  according  to the sole  discretion  of the  Board,  and its
     decisions shall be binding and conclusive.

9.   DISSOLUTION, MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION

     Except as otherwise  provided in Section 6(c)(ii),  upon the dissolution or
     liquidation  of the  Company,  or upon a  merger  or  consolidation  of the
     Company  in  which  the  Company  is not the  surviving  corporation,  each
     Incentive Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Right granted hereunder shall
     expire as of the ninetieth  (90th) day following the effective date of such
     event.

10.  EFFECTIVE DATE AND CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT TO EFFECTIVE DATE

     The Plan shall become  effective on the date of the approval of the Plan by
     the  holders of a majority  of the shares of Common  Stock of the  Company;
     provided,  however,  that  the  adoption  of the  Plan is  subject  to such
     shareholder  approval within twelve (12) months before or after the date of
     adoption  of the Plan by the Board.  The Plan shall be null and void and of
     no effect if the foregoing  condition is not  fulfilled,  and in such event
     each Incentive Stock Option or Stock  Appreciation  Right granted hereunder
     shall, notwithstanding any of the preceding provisions of the Plan, be null
     and void and of no effect.

     No grant or award shall be made under the Plan more than ten years from the
     earlier of the date of  adoption  of the Plan by the Board and  shareholder
     approval hereof;  provided,  however, that the Plan and all Incentive Stock
     Options and Stock Appreciation  Rights granted under the Plan prior to such
     date shall  remain in effect and subject to  adjustment  and  amendment  as
     herein  provided until they have been satisfied or terminated in accordance
     with  the  terms  of the  respective  grants  or  awards  and  the  related
     agreements.

11.  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

     (a) Each Incentive Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Right shall,  unless
     sooner expired pursuant to Section 11(b) or (c) below,  expire on the first
     to occur of the  tenth  anniversary  of the date of grant  thereof  and the
     expiration date set forth in the applicable option agreement,


<PAGE>



     (b) The nonvested  portion (if any) of an Incentive  Stock Option and Stock
     Appreciation  Right  shall  expire on the first to occur of the  applicable
     date set forth in  paragraph  (a) of this  Section 11 and the date that the
     employment of the key employee with the Company  terminates  for any reason
     other than death or disability. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of
     this paragraph,  the Board, in its sole discretion,  may, by written notice
     given to an  ex-employee,  permit the ex-  employee to  exercise  Incentive
     Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights during a period following his or
     her termination of employment,  which period shall not exceed three months.
     In no event,  however,  may the Board permit an  ex-employee to exercise an
     Incentive  Stock Option or Stock  Appreciation  Right after the  expiration
     date contained in the agreement  evidencing  such Incentive Stock Option or
     Stock Appreciation  Right.  Notwithstanding the preceding provision of this
     paragraph,  if the Board permits an ex-employee to exercise Incentive Stock
     Options or Stock  Appreciation  Rights during a period following his or her
     termination  of  employment  pursuant to such  preceding  provisions,  such
     Incentive Stock Options or Stock  Appreciation  Rights shall, to the extent
     unexercised,  expire  on  the  date  that  such  ex-employee  violates  (as
     determined by the Board) any covenant not to compete in effect  between the
     Company and the ex-employee.

     (c) If the  employment  of a key employee  with the Company  terminates  by
     reason of  disability  (as  defined  in  Section  422(c)(9)  of the Code as
     determined by the Board) or by reason of death,  his or her Incentive Stock
     Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, if any, shall expire on the first to
     occur of the date set forth in  paragraph  (a) of this  Section  11 and the
     first anniversary of such termination of employment.

12.  MISCELLANEOUS

     (a) LEGAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. The obligation of the Company to sell and
     deliver  Common  Stock  under the Plan shall be  subject to all  applicable
     laws,  regulations,  rules  and  approvals,  including,  but  not by way of
     limitation,  the  effectiveness  of  a  registration  statement  under  the
     Securities  Act of 1933 if deemed  necessary or appropriate by the Company.
     Certificates for shares of Common Stock issued hereunder may be legended as
     the Board shall deem appropriate.

     (b) NO OBLIGATION TO EXERCISE  OPTIONS.  The granting of an Incentive Stock
     Option  shall  impose no  obligation  upon an  optionee  to  exercise  such
     Incentive Stock Option.



<PAGE>



     (c) TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT OF PLAN. The Board, without further action on
     the part of the  shareholders of the Company,  may from time to time alter,
     amend  or  suspend  the  Plan  or  any  Incentive  Stock  Option  or  Stock
     Appreciation Right granted hereunder or may at any time terminate the Plan,
     except that it may not,  without the  approval of the  shareholders  of the
     Company (except to the extent provided in Section 8 hereof):

          (i)  Materially  increase  the total  number of shares of Common Stock
          available  for grant  under the Plan  except as provided in Section 8;
          (ii) Materially modify the class of eligible employees under the Plan;
          (iii) Materially  increase benefits to any key employee who is subject
          to the  restrictions  of Section 16 of the Securities  Exchange Act of
          1934;  or (iv) Effect a change  relating to  Incentive  Stock  Options
          granted  hereunder which is inconsistent  with Section 422 of the Code
          or regulations issued thereunder.

     No action taken by the Board under this Section, either with or without the
     approval of the  shareholders of the Company,  may materially and adversely
     affect any outstanding  Incentive Stock Option or Stock  Appreciation Right
     without the consent of the holder hereof.

     (d)  APPLICATION  OF FUNDS.  The proceeds  received by the Company from the
     sale of Common Stock  pursuant to Incentive  Stock Options will be used for
     general corporate purposes.

     (e) WITHHOLDING  TAXES.  Upon the exercise of any Incentive Stock Option or
     Stock  Appreciation  Right, the Company shall have the right to require the
     optionee  to remit to the  Company  an amount  sufficient  to  satisfy  all
     federal, state and local withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery
     of any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock.

     Upon the  disposition  of any Common  Stock  acquired by the exercise of an
     Incentive  Stock  Option,  the Company  shall have the right to require the
     optionee  to remit to the  Company  an amount  sufficient  to  satisfy  all
     federal, state and local withholding tax requirements as a condition to the
     registration  of the transfer of such Common  Stock on its books.  Whenever
     under the Plan  payments are to be made by the Company in cash or by check,
     such  payments  shall  be net of any  amounts  sufficient  to  satisfy  all
     federal, state and local withholding tax requirements.


<PAGE>



     (f) RIGHT TO  TERMINATE  EMPLOYMENT.  Nothing in the Plan or any  agreement
     entered  into  pursuant to the Plan shall  confer upon any key  employee or
     other  optionee the right to continue in the  employment  of the Company or
     affect any right which the Company may have to terminate the  employment of
     such key employee or other optionee.

     (g)  RIGHTS  AS A  SHAREHOLDER.  No  optionee  shall  have  any  right as a
     shareholder  unless and until  certificates  for shares of Common Stock are
     issued to him or her.

     (h) LEAVES OF ABSENCE AND  DISABILITY.  The Board shall be entitled to make
     such rules,  regulations and  determinations  as it deems appropriate under
     the Plan in respect of any leave of absence  taken by or  disability of any
     key employee.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the Board
     shall be entitled to determine (I) whether or not any such leave of absence
     shall  constitute a  termination  of  employment  within the meaning of the
     Plan,  and (ii) the  impact,  if any of any such leave of absence on awards
     under the Plan theretofore made to any key employee who takes such leave of
     absence.

     (i) FAIR MARKET VALUE. Whenever the fair market value of Common Stock is to
     be  determined  under the Plan as of a given date,  such fair market  value
     shall be:

          (i) If the Common  Stock is  actively  traded on the  over-the-counter
          market,  the  average  of the bid and the asked  price for the  Common
          Stock at the close of trading  for the ten  consecutive  trading  days
          immediately preceding such given date;

          (ii) If the Common Stock is listed on a national securities  exchange,
          the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock on the Composite
          Tape for the 10 consecutive  trading days  immediately  preceding such
          given date; and

          (iii)  If  the  Common  Stock  is  neither   actively  traded  on  the
          over-the-counter  market nor listed on a national securities exchange,
          such value as the Board, in good faith, shall determine.

     Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no determination
     made with respect to the fair market  value of Common  Stock  subject to an
     Incentive Stock Option shall be  inconsistent  with Section 422 of the Code
     or regulations thereunder.


<PAGE>



     (j) NOTICES.  Every direction,  revocation or notice authorized or required
     by the Plan shall be deemed  delivered to the Company (1) on the date it is
     personally  delivered  to the  Secretary  of the  Company at its  principal
     executive  offices,  or  (2)  three  business  days  after  it is  sent  by
     registered or certified mail,  postage prepaid,  addressed to the Secretary
     at such  offices,  and shall be deemed  delivered to an optionee (1) on the
     date it is personally  delivered to him or her, or (2) three  business days
     after  it is  sent  by  registered  or  certified  mail,  postage  prepaid,
     addressed  to him or her at the last  address  shown  for him or her on the
     records of the Company.

     (k) APPLICABLE LAW. All questions pertaining to the validity,  construction
     and  administration  of the Plan and Stock  Options and Stock  Appreciation
     Rights granted hereunder shall be determined in conformity with the laws of
     Delaware,  to the extent not inconsistent  with Section 422 of the Code and
     regulations thereunder.

     (1)  ELIMINATION OF FRACTIONAL  SHARES.  If under any provision of the Plan
     which  requires  a  computation  of the  number of  shares of Common  Stock
     subject to an  Incentive  Stock  Option or Stock  Appreciation  Right,  the
     number so computed is not a whole  number of shares of Common  Stock,  such
     number of shares of Common  Stock  shall be rounded  down to the next whole
     number.


This plan is adopted this day _______ by Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc.


<PAGE>



                      ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
                        INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

An Incentive Stock Option ("Option") is hereby granted by Abigail Adams National
Bancorp, Inc. (The "Company"), to the Key Employee named below ("Optionee"), for
and with  respect  to common  stock of the  Company,  $10.00 par value per share
("Common Stock"), subject to the following terms and conditions:

1.   Subject to the  provisions set forth herein and the terms and conditions of
     The Adams National Bank Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan ("Plan"),  the
     terms of which are hereby  incorporated by reference,  and in consideration
     of the agreements of Optionee herein provided, the Company hereby grants to
     Optionee:

     (a) an option  intended to be an Incentive  Stock Option within the meaning
     of Section  422 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code  ("Code")  as  amended  and
     regulations  issued  thereunder  to purchase from the Company the number of
     shares  of Common  Stock,  at the  purchase  price  per  share,  and on the
     schedule, all as set forth below; and

     (b) Name of Optionee:
         Number of Shares
         Subject to Option:                           shares
         Option Price per Share:                     $ 23.78
         Date of Grant:                     January 23, 1996

         Expiration Date:                   January 22, 2006

2.   The exercise of the Option is  conditioned  upon the acceptance by Optionee
     of the terms hereof as evidenced by her/his  execution of this agreement in
     the space provided therefor at the end hereof and the return of an executed
     copy to the Secretary of the Company.

     If Optionee's  employment  with the Company is  terminated  for any reason,
     other than for death or disability,  the nonvested  portion (if any) of the
     Option shall expire on the date of termination  of employment.  The Options
     granted by this agreement shall become one hundred percent (100%) vested at
     the date of grant.  Such vested  portion of the Options  shall expire three
     (3)  months  from the date of  termination  of  employment.  If  Optionee's
     employment  with the Company is  terminated  due to her/his  disability  or
     death, the Option shall expire on the earlier


<PAGE>



     of the first anniversary of such termination of employment and the date the
     Option expires in accordance with its terms. During such periods the Option
     may be exercised  by Optionee  with respect to the same number of shares of
     Common Stock, in the same manner, and to the same extent as if Optionee had
     continued in employment during such period and the Option shall be canceled
     with respect to all remaining shares of Common Stock;  provided that in the
     event Optionee shall die at a time when the Option,  or a portion  thereof,
     is exercisable  by her/him,  the Option shall be exercisable in whole or in
     part during the applicable period set forth herein by a legatee or legatees
     of the Option  under  Optionee's  will,  or by her/his  executors  personal
     representatives  or  distributees,  with respect to the number of shares of
     Common Stock which Optionee  could have purchased  hereunder on the date of
     her/his  death  and the  Option  shall  be  canceled  with  respect  to all
     remaining shares of Common Stock.

     Written  notice of an  election  to  exercise  any  portion of the  Option,
     specifying the portion thereof being exercised and the exercise date, shall
     be given by Optionee,  or her/his personal  representative  in the event of
     Optionee's death, (I) by delivering such notice at the principal  executive
     offices of the Company no later than the exercise  date, or (ii) by mailing
     such notice, postage prepaid,  addressed to the Secretary of the Company at
     the principal executive offices of the Company at least three business days
     prior to the exercise date.

3.   The Option may be exercised only by Optionee during her/his  lifetime and
     may not be transferred other than by will or the applicable laws of descent
     or distribution.  The Option shall not otherwise be transferred,  assigned,
     pledged or hypothecated for any purpose  whatsoever and is not subject,  in
     whole or in  part,  to  execution,  attachment,  or  similar  process.  Any
     attempted   assignment,   transfer,   pledge  or   hypothecation  or  other
     disposition  of the  Option,  other than in  accordance  with the terms set
     forth herein, shall be void and of no effect.

4.   Neither Optionee nor any other person entitled to exercise the Option under
     the terms  hereof shall be, or have any of the rights or  privileges  of, a
     shareholder  of the Company in respect of any of the shares of Common Stock
     issuable on exercise of the Option, unless and until the purchase price for
     such shares shall have been paid in full.

5.   In the event the Option shall be exercised in whole,  this agreement  shall
     be  surrendered  to the Company for  cancellation.  In the event the Option
     shall be exercised in part, or a change in the number or designation of the
     Common Stock


<PAGE>


     shall be made, this agreement shall be delivered by Optionee to the Company
     for the purpose of making  appropriate  notation  thereon,  or of otherwise
     reflecting,  in such manner as the  Company  shall  determine,  the partial
     exercise or the change in the number or designation of the Common Stock.

6.   The  Option  shall be  exercised  in  accordance  with such  administrative
     regulations  as the  Committee  shall from time to time adopt to the extent
     not  inconsistent  with  Section  422 of the  Code and  regulations  issued
     thereunder.

7.   The Option and this agreement shall be construed, administered and governed
     in all  respects  under  and by the  laws of  Delaware  to the  extent  not
     inconsistent   with  Section  422  of  the  Code  and  regulations   issued
     thereunder.


                                          ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.

                                          By: ___________________________

     The  undersigned  hereby  accepts  the  foregoing  Option and the terms and
     conditions hereof.

                                                   ---------------------------
                                                      Key Employee



                      ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
                           DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN

1.   PURPOSE
     The  purpose of the Stock  Option  Plan (the  "Plan") is to give  directors
     ("Directors") of Abigail Adams National  Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Company") and
     The Adams  National Bank (the "Bank"),  an opportunity to acquire shares of
     the common stock of the the Company,  $10 par value  ("Common  Stock"),  to
     provide an  incentive  for such  Directors  to continue to promote the best
     interests  of the Company and enhance  its  long-term  performance,  and to
     provide an incentive for Directors to join or remain with the Company.

2.   AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN

     (a) FORM

     Awards  under the Plan shall be granted in the form of  nonstatutory  stock
     options ("Stock Options"), as described in Section 3.

     (b) MAXIMUM LIMITATIONS

     The  aggregate  number of shares of Common Stock  available for grant under
     the Plan is 2,143  shares,  subject to  adjustment  pursuant  to Section 7.
     Stock  Options for 2,143 shares  shall be  allocated  to each  director who
     holds such position on the date of the grant based upon the total months of
     1995 board  service  performed by each  director  prior to the date of this
     plan.  Shares of Common  Stock  issued  pursuant  to the Plan may be either
     authorized  but  unissued  shares or shares  now or  hereafter  held in the
     treasury of the Company.  In the event that, prior to the end of the period
     during which Stock Options may be granted under the Plan,  any Stock Option
     under  the  Plan  expires  unexercised  or is  terminated,  surrendered  or
     canceled without being exercised,  in whole or in part, for any reason, the
     number  of  shares  theretofore   subject  to  such  Stock  Option  or  the
     unexercised,  terminated,  forfeited or unearned portion thereof,  shall be
     added to the remaining number of shares of Common Stock available for grant
     as a Stock Option under the Plan,  including a grant to a former  holder of
     such Stock Option, upon such terms and conditions of this Plan.




<PAGE>



     (c) ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS

     The aggregate  number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Stock
     Options  may be granted,  the  aggregate  number of shares of Common  Stock
     subject to each outstanding Stock Option,  and the exercise price per share
     of each such Stock Option,  may all be appropriately  adjusted as the Board
     may  determine  for any  increase  or  decrease  in the number of shares of
     issued  Common Stock  resulting  from a  subdivision  or  consolidation  of
     shares, whether through reorganization,  recapitalization,  stock split-up,
     stock  distribution  or  combination  of shares,  or the payment of a share
     dividend  or other  increase  or  decrease  in the  number  of such  shares
     outstanding  effected  without  receipt of  consideration  by the  Company.
     Adjustments  under this  Section  2(c) shall be made  according to the sole
     discretion of the Board, and its decisions shall be binding and conclusive.

3.   STOCK OPTIONS

     Stock  Options may be granted  under the Plan for the purchase of shares of
     Common  Stock.  Stock Options shall be in such form and upon such terms and
     conditions as follows:

     (a) EXERCISE

     Stock  Options  shall be  subject to such  terms and  conditions,  shall be
     exercisable  at such time or times,  and shall be evidenced by such form of
     written option agreement ("Option  Agreement") between the Director and the
     Company, pursuant to this plan.

     (b) EXERCISE PRICE

     The per share  exercise  price of each Stock  Option  shall be fixed by the
     Board of  Directors  in the  Option  Agreement,  but shall not be less than
     eighty-five  percent  (85%) of the fair  market  value of the Common  Stock
     subject to such Stock Option on the date of grant.

     (c) TERM OF STOCK OPTIONS

     Each Stock Option shall become  exercisable at the time, and for the number
     of shares of Common Stock, fixed by the Stock Option Agreement.  Each Stock
     Option  shall  expire and all rights to purchase  Common  Stock  thereunder
     shall cease on the date fixed on the Option  Agreement,  which shall not be
     later than the date ten


<PAGE>



     (10) years from the date such Stock Option is granted.

     (d) Any  Stock  Option  granted  under  the  Plan may be  exercised  by the
     Director,  by a  legatee  or  legatees  of  such  Stock  Option  under  the
     Director's last will or by his or her executors,  personal  representatives
     or  distributees,  or by his or her  assignees as shown in Section 4 below,
     (I) by  delivering to the  Secretary of the Company  written  notice of the
     number of shares of Common  Stock with respect to which the Stock Option is
     being exercised,  or (ii) by delivering such notice to broker-dealer with a
     copy to the Secretary of the Company.  Except as otherwise  provided in the
     Plan or in any Option  Agreement  the  purchase  price of Common Stock upon
     exercise  of any Stock  Option by a  Director  shall be paid in full (I) in
     cash or certified  check by the  Director,  (ii) by a broker dealer to whom
     the  Director  has  submitted  an  exercise  notice  consisting  of a fully
     endorsed  Stock  Option,  (iii) in Common  Stock  valued at its fair market
     value on the date of exercise,  (iv) by agreeing to surrender Stock Options
     then  exercisable  by him or her valued at the excess of the aggregate fair
     market value of the Common Stock  subject to such Stock Options on the date
     of exercise over the aggregate  option exercise price of such Common Stock,
     (v) by  directing  the company to withhold  such number of shares of Common
     Stock  otherwise  issuable  upon  exercise of such Stock  Option  having an
     aggregate  fair market value on the date of exercise  equal to the exercise
     price of the Stock Option, or by any combination of (I), (ii), (iii), (iv),
     (v) and (vi). In the case of payments pursuant to (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) or
     (vi) above, the Director's election must be made on or prior to the date of
     exercise  of the Stock  Option  and must be  irrevocable.  In the case of a
     Director who is an insider subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange
     Act of 1934 ("Section 16 Insider") and who elects  payment  pursuant to (v)
     above,  the  election  must be made in  writing  either (A) within ten (10)
     business days  beginning on the third  business day following  such day, or
     (B) at least six (6)  months  prior to the date of  exercise  of such Stock
     Option.  The  Company  shall  issue,  in the  name of the  Director,  Stock
     Certificates  representing  the total  number  of  shares  of Common  Stock
     issuable pursuant to the exercise of any Stock Option as soon as reasonably
     practicable after such exercise.

     (e)  Whenever  the  Company  proposes  or is  required to issue or transfer
     shares of Common Stock to a Director under the Plan, the Company shall have
     the  right to  require  the  Director  to remit to the  Company  an  amount
     sufficient  to  satisfy  all  federal,  state  and  local  withholding  tax
     requirements  prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates  for
     such shares,  If such  certificates have been delivered prior to the time a
     withholding  obligation arises, the Company shall have the right to require
     Director  to remit to the  Company  an amount  sufficient  to  satisfy  all
     federal,


<PAGE>



     state or local  withholding  tax  requirements  at the time such obligation
     arises and to  withhold  from other  amounts  payable to the  director,  as
     compensation or otherwise,  as necessary,  Whenever payments under the Plan
     are to be made to a Director  in cash,  such  payments  shall be net of any
     amounts sufficient to satisfy all federal,  state and local withholding tax
     requirements.  In lieu of  requiring  a  Director  to make a payment to the
     Company  in an amount  related  to the  withholding  tax  requirement,  the
     Company may, in its discretion,  provide that the Director's election,  the
     tax withholding  obligation shall be satisfied by the Company's withholding
     a portion of the  shares  otherwise  distributable  to the  Director,  such
     shares being valued at their fair market value at the date of exercise,  or
     by the  Director's  delivering  to the  Company  a  portion  of the  shares
     previously delivered by the Company, such shares being valued at their fair
     market  value as the date of delivery of such shares by the Director to the
     Company.

     Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, (I) a Section 16
     Insider's  election  pursuant  to the  preceding  sentence  must be made in
     writing  either (A) during the period  beginning on the third  business day
     following the date of release of 10 quarterly or annual summary of earnings
     and ending on the 12th business day following such day, or (B) at least six
     months prior to the date the income is realized.

4.   TRANSFERABILITY

     No Stock  Option may be  transferred,  assigned,  pledged  or  hypothecated
     (whether by operation of law or  otherwise),  except as provided by will or
     the applicable laws of descent or  distribution,  and no Stock Option shall
     be subject to  execution,  attachment  or similar  process.  Any  attempted
     assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of a Stock
     Option,  or levy or  attachment  similar  process upon the Stock Option not
     specifically  permitted herein shall be null and void and without effect. A
     Stock  Option  may  be  exercised  only  by a  Director  during  his or her
     lifetime,  or pursuant to Section  9(c), by his or her estate or the person
     who acquires the right to exercise  such Stock Option upon his or her death
     by bequest or inheritance.


5.   DISSOLUTION

     Upon the  dissolution  or  liquidation  of the  Company,  each Stock Option
     granted hereunder shall expire as of the ninetieth (90th) day following the
     effective date of


<PAGE>



     such transaction.

6.   EFFECTIVE DATE AND CONDITION SUBSEQUENT TO EFFECTIVE DATE

     (a) The Plan shall become effective on the date of the approval of the Plan
     by the holders of a majority of the shares of Common  Stock of the Company,
     and the Plan shall be null and void and of no effect if such  condition  is
     not fulfilled, and in such event each Stock Option granted hereunder shall,
     notwithstanding  any of the  preceding  provision of the Plan,  be null and
     void and of no effect.


     (b) No grant or award shall be made under the Plan more than ten (10) years
     from the date of adoption of the Plan by the Board, provided, however, that
     the Plan and all Stock  Options  granted  under the Plan prior to such date
     shall remain in effect and subject to  adjustment  and  amendment as herein
     provided  until they have been  satisfied or terminated in accordance  with
     the  terms of the  respective  grants  or  awards  and the  related  Option
     Agreements.


7.   TERMINATION OF DIRECTORSHIP

     (a) A Stock  Option  shall  expire on the first to occur of the  expiration
     date set forth in the applicable Option Agreement.

     (b) If the  Directors  service on the Board of Directors of the Company and
     all  subsidiaries  terminates by reason of disability (as determined by the
     Board) or by reason of death, his or her stock Options, if any shall expire
     on the first to occur of the  expiration  date set forth in the  applicable
     Option  Agreement  and  the  second  anniversary  of  such  termination  of
     directorship.

     (c) If the  Directors  service on the Board of Directors of the Company and
     all subsidaries terminates by reason other than disability or death, his or
     her  stock  Options,  if any  shall  expire  on the  first  to occur of the
     expiration date set forth in the applicable Option Agreement and the second
     anniversary of such termination of directorship.

8.   CHANGE IN CONTROL

     In the event that:


<PAGE>



     (I)  any person (as such term is used in Section 13 of the  Securities  and
          Exchange  Act of 1934 and the  rules  and  regulation  thereunder  and
          including  any  affiliate or  associate of such person,  as defined in
          Rule 12b- 2 under said Act, and any person acting in concert with such
          person)  directly or indirectly  acquires or otherwise become entitled
          to vote more than eighty percent (80%) of the voting power entitled to
          be cast at election for directors ("Voting Power") of the Company; or


     (ii) there occurs any merger or consolidation of the Company,  or any sale,
          lease or exchange of all or any substantial  part of the  consolidated
          assets of the Company and its subsidiaries to any other person and (A)
          in the case of a merger or  consolidation,  the holders of outstanding
          stock  of the  Company  entitled  to vote in  elections  of  directors
          immediately  before such merger or  consolidation  (excluding for this
          purpose any person, including any Affiliate or Associate that directly
          or indirectly owns or is entitled to vote twenty percent (20%) or more
          of the Voting  Power of the  Company)  hold less than  eighty  percent
          (80%)  of  the  Voting  Power  of  the  survivor  of  such  merger  or
          consolidation  or its  parent;  or (B) in the case of any  such  sale,
          lease or exchange,  the Company  does not own at least eighty  percent
          (80%) of the Voting Power of the other person; or

     (iii)one or more new  directors of the company are elected and at such time
          five or more directors (or, if less, a majority of the directors) then
          holding  office were not  nominated as  candidates  by majority of the
          directors in office immediately before such election.


The Option  will be deemed to apply to the  securities  to which a holder of the
number of shares of Common  Stock  subject  to the  unexercised  portion  of the
Option  would be entitled if he or she  actually  owned such shares  immediately
prior  to the  record  date or other  times  any such  event  became  effective.
Outstanding and unexercised Stock Options  previously  granted shall immediately
become fully vested and exercisable.




<PAGE>



9.   MISCELLANEOUS


     (a)  NO OBLIGATION TO EXERCISE OPTIONS The granting of a Stock Option shall
          impose no obligation upon a Director to exercise such Stock Option.

     (b)  TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT OF PLAN

     The Board,  without  further action on the part of the  shareholders of the
     company,  may from time to time  alter,  amend or  suspend  the Plan or any
     Stock  Option  granted  hereunder  or may at any time  terminate  the Plan,
     except that, unless approved by the shareholders in accordance with Section
     8 hereof,  it may not  (except  to the  extent  provided  in  Section 2 (c)
     hereof); (I) materially increase the total number of shares of Common Stock
     available for grant to Section 16 Insiders under the Plan;  (ii) materially
     increase  benefits  to  Section  16  Insiders  under  the  plan;  or  (iii)
     materially  change the class of Section 16 Insiders  eligible to be granted
     Stock  Options  under the Plan.  No action  taken by the Board  under  this
     Section may materially and adversely  affect any  outstanding  Stock Option
     without the consent of the holder thereof.

     (c)  APPLICATION OF FUNDS

     The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Common Stock pursuant
     to Stock Options will be used for general corporate purposes.

     (d)  RIGHT TO TERMINATE DIRECTORSHIP

     Nothing in the Plan or any  agreement  entered  into  pursuant  to the plan
     shall  confer  upon any  Director  the  right to  continue  on the Board of
     Directors  of the Company or any  Subsidiary  or affect any right which the
     Company or any  Subsidiary  may have to terminate the board service of such
     Director.

     (e)  RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER

     No Director shall have any right or privileges as a shareholder  unless and
     until certificates for shares of Common Stock are issuable to him or her.



<PAGE>




     (f)  FAIR MARKET VALUE

     Whenever the fair market value of Common  Stock is to be  determined  under
     the Plan as of a given date, such fair market value shall be:

          (I)  If the Common  Stock is actively  traded on an exchange or market
               in which  prices  are  reported  on a bid and  asked  basis,  the
               average of the mean  between  the bid and the asked price for the
               Common Stock at the close of trading for the ten (10) consecutive
               days immediately preceding such given date; and

          (II) If the Common Stock is  principally  traded  listed on a national
               securities  exchange,  the average of the  closing  prices of the
               Common Stock on the Composite  Tape for the ten (10)  consecutive
               trading days immediately preceding such given date; and

          (III)If  the  Common   Stock  is  neither   actively   traded  on  the
               over-the-counter  market  nor  listed  on a  national  securities
               exchange, such value as the Board, in good faith shall determine

     (g)  NOTICES

     Every  direction,  revocation or notice  authorized or required by the Plan
     shall be deemed  delivered to the Company (a) on the date it is  personally
     delivered  to the  Secretary  of the  Company  at its  principal  executive
     offices  or (b)  three  business  days  after it is sent by  registered  or
     certified  mail;  postage  prepaid,  addressed  to the  Secretary  at  such
     offices; and shall be deemed delivered to an optionee (a) on the date it is
     personally  delivered to him or her or (b) three  business days after it is
     sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid,  addressed to him or
     her at the last address shown for him or her on the records of the Company.

     (h)  APPLICABLE LAW

     All questions  pertaining to the validity,  construction and administration
     of the Plan and,  Stock Options  granted  hereunder  shall be determined in
     conformity with the laws of Delaware.



<PAGE>



     (i)  ELIMINATION OF FRACTIONAL SHARES

     If under any  provision  of the Plan that  requires  a  computation  of the
     number of shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock  Option,  the number so
     computed is not a whole  number of shares of Common  Stock,  such number of
     shares of Common Stock shall be rounded down to the next whole number.

This plan is adopted this day _________by Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc.


<PAGE>




                      Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc.

                             Stock Option Agreement

A nonqualified  stock option ('Stock Option") is hereby granted by Abigail Adams
National Bancorp, Inc., (the "Company"), to the director named below (Director),
for and with  respect to common  stock of the  Company,  $10 par value per share
("Common Stock"), subject to the following terms and conditions:

1.   Subject to the  provisions set forth herein and the terms and conditions of
     the Abigail  Adams  National  Bancorp  Inc.'s  Directors  Stock Option Plan
     ("Plan"),  the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference,  and in
     consideration  of the agreements of Director herein  provided,  the Company
     hereby  grants to Director a Stock Option to purchase  from the Company the
     number of shares of Common Stock,  at the purchase price per share,  and on
     the schedule,  all as set forth below. At the time of exercise of the Stock
     Option,  payment  of the  purchase  price  must be made in cash,  or if the
     Committee  charged with the  administration  of the Plan in its  discretion
     agrees to so accept,  then by the  delivery to the Company of other  Common
     Stock owned by  Director,  valued at its fair  market  value on the date of
     exercise,  or in some  combination of cash and such Common Stock so valued.
     Upon the exercise of a Stock Option,  the Committee shall have the right to
     require  the  Director  to remit to the  Company,  in any  such  manner  or
     combination  of manners  permitted  under the terms of the Plan,  an amount
     sufficient  to  satisfy  all  federal,  state  and  local  withholding  tax
     requirements  prior to the delivery by the Company of any  certificate  for
     shares of Common Stock.

     Name of Director:

     Number of Shares Subject to Stock Option: shares

     Exercise Price Per Share: $ 20.21

     Date of Grant: January 23, 1996




<PAGE>



      Vesting Schedule:                20% at the end of each year
                                       beginning on December 31, 1996
                                       and ending on December 31, 2000.
                                       However, in the event of a Change
                                       in Control (as defined in the
                                       Directors Stock Option Plan), or in
                                       the event the Director's service on
                                       the Board of Directors of the
                                       Company and all subsidiaries
                                       terminates, all options granted shall
                                       become immediately fully vested.


      Commencement Date:               Vested options may be exercised at
                                       any time prior to the expiration
                                      date.

      Expiration Date:                 January 22, 2006

2.   The  exercise of the Stock Option is  conditioned  upon the  acceptance  by
     Director  of the  terms  hereof  as  evidenced  by his  execution  of  this
     Agreement  and the  return  of an  executed  copy to the  Secretary  of the
     Company.

     If  Director's  service on the Board of  Directors  of the  Company and its
     parent and all subsidiaries is terminated for any reason,  the Stock Option
     shall expire on the earlier of the second  anniversary of such  termination
     of  directorship  or the date the Stock Option  expires in accordance  with
     Paragraph 1 above. During such periods the Stock Option may be exercised by
     Director with respect to the same number of shares of Common Stock,  in the
     same  manner,  and  to the  same  extent  as if  Director  had  conditioned
     directorship during such period and the Stock Option shall be canceled with
     respect to all remaining shares of Common Stock; provided that in the event
     Director shall die at a time when the Stock Option,  or a portion  thereof,
     is exercisable by him, the Stock Option shall be exercisable in whole or in
     part during the applicable period set forth herein by a legatee or legatees
     of the  Stock  Option  under  Key  Employee's  will,  or by his  executors,
     personal  representatives  or  distributes,  with  respect to the number of
     shares of common stock that Director could have purchased  hereunder on the
     date of his death and the Stock  Option  shall be canceled  with respect to
     all remaining shares of Common Stock.



<PAGE>



     Written  notice of an election to exercise any portion of the Stock Option,
     specifying the portion thereof being exercised and the exercise date, shall
     be  given by  Director,  or his  personal  representative  in the  event of
     Director's death, (I) by delivering such notice at the principal  executive
     offices of the Company no later than the exercise  date, or (ii) by mailing
     such notice, postage prepaid,  addressed to the Secretary of the Company at
     the principal executive offices of the Company at least three business days
     prior to the exercise date.

3.   The Stock Option may be exercised only by Director  during his lifetime and
     may not be transferred other than by will or the applicable laws of descent
     or  distribution.  The Stock  Option shall not  otherwise  be  transferred,
     assigned,  pledged or  hypothecated  for any purpose  whatsoever and is not
     subject, in whole or in part, to execution, attachment, or similar process.
     Any  attempted  assignment,  transfer,  pledge  or  hypothecation  or other
     disposition  of the Stock Option,  other than in accordance  with the terms
     set forth herein, shall be void and of no effect.

4.   Neither Director nor any other person entitled to exercise the Stock Option
     under the terms  hereof  shall be, or have any of the rights or  privileges
     of, a shareholder  of the Company in respect of any of the shares of Common
     Stock  issuable  on  exercise  of the Stock  Option,  unless  and until the
     purchase price of such shares shall have been paid in full.

5.   In the event the Stock Option shall be  exercised in whole,  the  Agreement
     shall be  surrendered  to the  Company for  cancellation.  In the event the
     Stock  Option  shall be  exercised  in part,  or a change in the  number or
     designation  of the Common  Stock shall be made,  this  Agreement  shall be
     delivered by Director to the Company for the purpose of making  appropriate
     notation thereon, or of otherwise reflecting, in such manner as the Company
     shall  determine,  the  partial  exercise  or the  change in the  number or
     designation of the Common Stock.



<PAGE>




6.   The Stock Option and this Agreement  shall be construed,  administered  and
     governed in all respects under an by the laws of Delaware.

                                        Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc.

                                        By:   __________________________

The  undersigned  hereby  accepts the  foregoing  Stock Option and the terms and
conditions hereof.

                                              -------------------------------
                                              Director


                      ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.
                      NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


Barbara Davis Blum, Optionee:

          Abigail Adams National Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Company") hereby grants to
you, the Optionee named above,  an Option to purchase shares of the common stock
of the Company ("Common Stock"). You have been awarded this Option in connection
with your services to the Company and the Company's wholly-owned  subsidiary The
Adams  National Bank (the "Bank").  This Option is not intended to qualify as an
"incentive  stock  option"  within the  meaning of Section  422 of the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").  The date of grant of this Option
is February 20, 1996.

                   The details of your Option are as follows:

          1. The total  number of shares  subject to this Option is  Twenty-Five
Thousand (25,000). Twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to this Option (or
5,000 shares) shall vest and become  exercisable at each year-end,  beginning on
December 31, 1996 and ending on December 31, 2000. In the event your  employment
with the  Company and the Bank shall  terminate,  or in the event of a Change in
Control (as defined in the Employment  Agreement  dated February 20, 1996 by and
among you, the Company and the Bank (the "Employment  Agreement")),  100% of the
shares  subject to this Option (or 25,000 shares) shall  immediately  fully vest
and become exercisable.

          2. (a) The  Exercise  Price  of this  Option  is  Twenty  Dollars  and
Twenty-One Cents ($20.21) per share,  which the Company believes is equal to 85%
of the fair  market  value of the Common  Stock on the date of the grant of this
Option.

             (b) The Exercise Price per share shall be paid upon exercise of all
of any part of this Option by you at the time the Option is exercised in cash or
a check payable to the order of the Company,  in Common Stock,  or a combination
of Common Stock and cash or a check.

          3. The minimum  number of shares with respect to which this Option may
be exercised at any one time is ten (10). This Option may not be exercised so as
to purchase fractional shares.

          4. The term of this Option  commences  on the date of the grant hereof
and, unless sooner  terminated as set forth below,  terminates on the date which
is ten (10) years from the date of the grant of this  Option.  This Option shall
terminate prior to the expiration of its term two years after the termination of
your  employment  with the  Company and the Bank for any  reason,  including  by
reason of your death or  Disability  (as defined in the  Employment  Agreement).
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 4, no Option shall be
exercisable  later  than the date on which the  Option  would  otherwise  expire
pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph 4.

          5. This Option may be exercised,  to the extent  specified  above,  by
delivering  written  notice of exercise  together with the Exercise Price to the
Secretary of the Company,  or to such other person as the Company may designate,
during regular  business hours,  together with such additional  documents as the
Company may then require.


                                                         1

<PAGE>



          6. This Option is not  transferable,  except by will or by the laws of
descent  and  distribution  or pursuant  to the terms of a  "qualified  domestic
relations  order"  within  the  meaning of  Section  414(p) of the Code,  and is
exercisable  during your life only by you,  your  personal  representative  or a
permitted  transferee.  The  terms  of this  Option  shall be  binding  upon the
beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Optionee.

          7. Any notices  provided  for in this Option shall be given in writing
and shall be deemed  effectively  given upon  receipt or, in the case of notices
delivered  by the  Company  to you,  five (5) days  after  deposit in the United
States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the address specified below or
at such  other  address as you  hereafter  designate  by  written  notice to the
Company.

          8. By  accepting  this  grant and the shares of Common  Stock  covered
thereby,  and by signing this instrument,  you acknowledge that you are familiar
with the terms of the grant,  that you have been  encouraged  by the  Company to
discuss the grant with your own legal, tax and business  advisers,  and that you
agree to be bound by the terms of the grant.

          9. You  acknowledge  that federal and state income tax withholding and
payroll tax may apply upon  exercise of this Option or upon certain other events
related to the shares acquired upon exercise of this Option. You agree that such
withholding may be accomplished  with respect to the cash  compensation (if any)
due to you  from  the  Company  or the  Bank.  If  withholding  pursuant  to the
foregoing  sentence is  insufficient  (in the sole  judgment of the  Company) to
satisfy the full withholding  obligation,  you agree that at the election of the
Company  either:  (a) you will pay over to the Company the amount of cash or, if
permitted by applicable law and acceptable to the Company, property with a value
necessary  to satisfy  such  remaining  withholding  obligation  on the date the
Option is exercised or at a time thereafter specified in writing by the Company;
or (b) the Company may, if permitted by  applicable  law,  withhold an amount of
Optioned Shares equal in value (as of the date of Option exercise) to the amount
of the remaining withholding obligation. Upon due notice to you and if permitted
by applicable law, the Company may satisfy the entire withholding  obligation by
withholding shares as provided in (b) above in lieu of withholding from you cash
compensation.

          10. The Company hereby grants you the following registration rights in
connection with the shares ("Shares") subject to this Option:

             (a)  Incidental  Registration.  (i)  If  the  Company  proposes  to
register any of its securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities  Act")  (other  than  by a  registration  on  Form  S-4,  S-8 or any
successor or similar  forms),  whether or not for sale for its own  account,  it
will at such time give prompt  written  notice to you of its  intention to do so
and of your rights  hereunder.  Upon written  request made by you within 20 days
after the  receipt of such  notice,  the  Company  will use its best  efforts to
effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Shares which the Company
has been so  requested  to register by you, by  inclusion  of such Shares in the
registration statement which covers the securities which the Company proposes to
register,  provided  that if, at any time  after  giving  written  notice of its
intention  to register any  securities  and prior to the  effective  date of the
registration  statement filed in connection with such registration,  the Company
shall  determine for any reason either not to register or to delay  registration
of such  securities,  the Company may, at its election,  give written  notice of
such determination to you and, thereupon, (A) in the case of a determination not
to  register,  shall be relieved  of its  obligation  to register  any Shares in
connection  with  such  registration  (but not from  its  obligation  to pay the
registration expenses in

                                        2

<PAGE>



connection therewith), without prejudice, however, to your right to request that
such registration be effected as a registration  under Section 10(b) hereof, and
(B) in the case of a determination to delay  registering,  shall be permitted to
delay  registering  any Shares,  for the same period as the delay in registering
such other securities.  No registration  effected under this Section 10(a) shall
relieve the Company of its  obligation to effect any  registration  upon request
under Section 10(b), nor shall any such registration hereunder be deemed to have
been effected pursuant to Section 10(b).

                  (ii) If the registration pursuant to Section 10(a) involves an
underwritten offering of the securities so being registered,  whether or not for
sale for the account of the Company,  to be  distributed  (on a firm  commitment
basis) by or through  one or more  underwriters  of  recognized  standing  under
underwriting terms appropriate for such a transaction,  the managing underwriter
of such underwritten  offering shall inform the Company and you by letter of its
belief  that  the  distribution  of all or a  specified  number  of such  Shares
concurrently with the securities being  distributed by such  underwriters  would
interfere with the successful  marketing of the securities being  distributed by
such  underwriters  (such  writing  to state  the basis of such  belief  and the
approximate number of such Shares which may be distributed without such effect),
then the Company may, upon written  notice to you,  reduce (if and to the extent
stated by such managing  underwriter  to be necessary to eliminate  such effect)
the number of such Shares the registration of which shall have been requested by
you so that the resultant number of such Shares so included in such registration
shall be equal to the  number of Shares  stated in such  managing  underwriter's
letter.

                  (iii) The  Company  shall  pay all  registration  expenses  in
connection with all registrations requested pursuant to this Section 10(a).

          (b)  Registration  on Request.  (i) If you request in writing that the
Company effect the  registration  under the Securities Act of all or part of the
Shares,  the Company will use its best efforts to effect the registration  under
the Securities  Act of the Shares to permit the  disposition of the Shares in an
underwritten offering,  provided that you shall be entitled to not more than one
registration  upon  request,  and provided  further that the Company will not be
required to register  securities  under this Section 10(b) to the extent that in
the opinion of the Company's counsel, which shall be reasonably  satisfactory to
you, the sale of the Shares covered by the written request for  registration may
be affected pursuant to Rule 144 or otherwise without  registration  within a 90
day period.

                  (ii)  The  Company  will  pay  all  registration  expenses  in
connection with registration requested pursuant to this Section 10(b).

                  (iii) A registration  requested pursuant to this Section 10(b)
shall not be deemed to have been  effected (A) unless a  registration  statement
with  respect  thereto  has  become  effective,  (B)  if,  after  it has  become
effective, such registration is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or
other order or requirement of the SEC or other governmental  agency or court for
any reason,  or (C) the  conditions  to closing  specified  in the  underwriting
agreement entered into in connection with such registration are not satisfied.


                                        3

<PAGE>


                  (iv) If a  requested  registration  pursuant  to this  Section
10(b) shall involve an underwritten offering, and the managing underwriter shall
advise the Company in writing  (with a copy to you) that,  in its  opinion,  the
number of securities  requested to be included in such registration  exceeds the
number which can be sold in such  offering  within a price range  acceptable  to
you, the Company will include in such registration,  to the extent of the number
which the Company is so advised  can be sold in such  offering,  (i) first,  the
Shares  requested to be included in such  registration  by you, and (ii) second,
other Company Common Stock.

          Dated this 29th day of March, 1996.


                                       Very truly yours,

                                       ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.



                                       By:  /s/ Clarence L. James, Jr.
                                            __________________________ 
                                            Duly authorized on behalf of the
                                            Board of Directors


The undersigned:

             (a)  Acknowledges  receipt of the foregoing  Option and understands
that all rights and  liabilities  with  respect to this  Option are set forth in
this Option Agreement;

             (b) Agrees  that,  in  consideration  of the grant of this  Option,
Optionee will comply with all the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

             (c)  Acknowledges  that as of the date of grant of this Option,  it
sets forth the entire understanding  between the undersigned  Optionee,  and the
Company  regarding the  acquisition  of stock in the Company and  supersedes all
prior oral and written agreements on this subject.


                                       
                                       /s/ Barbara Davis Blum
                                       ______________________
                                       Optionee

                                                The Adams National Bank
                                                1627 K Street, NW               
                                                Washington, DC 20006
                                       Address:____________________________

                                        


                                        4

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT is entered into this 20th day of February,  1996
(the  "Effective  Date"),  and amended on this 29th day of March,  1996,  by and
among  Abigail  Adams  National  Bancorp,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"),  The Adams  National  Bank,  a  national  banking  association  (the
"Bank"), and Barbara Davis Blum (the "Executive").

                                    RECITALS:

     WHEREAS,  the Executive has served as President and Chief Executive Officer
of the Company and the Bank since 1985 and 1983, respectively, and as Chairwoman
of the Company and the Bank since 1986;

     WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors of the Company (the  "Company  Board") and
the Board of Directors of the Bank (the "Bank Board") have  determined  that the
future  services of the Executive as Chairwoman,  President and Chief  Executive
Officer will be of value to the Company and the Bank (and that the past services
of Executive  have been valuable to the Company and the Bank) and,  accordingly,
the  Company  Board and the Bank  Board  wish to have the  Executive's  services
available for the term specified  herein and to provide certain  benefits to the
Executive in  recognition of her past service and as an incentive for her future
service to the Company and the Bank;

     WHEREAS,  the parties  desire by this  writing to set forth the  continuing
employment relationship of the Company, the Bank and the Executive;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual
covenants and  agreements  herein  contained,  and intending to be legally bound
hereby, it is AGREED as follows:

     1. EMPLOYMENT. The Executive shall be employed as the Chairwoman, President
and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank with  responsibility for
the overall management and operations of the Company and the Bank. The Executive
shall render such  administrative and management services to the Company and the
Bank as are currently being rendered and as are customarily performed by persons
situated in a similar executive capacity.  The Executive's other duties shall be
such as the  Company  Board or the Bank  Board may from time to time  reasonably
direct. The Company agrees that, as long as Executive is employed by the Company
and the Bank, to nominate the  Executive to successive  terms as a member of the
Company  Board,  and to use its best efforts to elect and re-elect the Executive
as a member of the Company Board; and, as sole shareholder of the Bank, to elect
and re-elect Executive as a member of the Bank Board.

     2. BASE COMPENSATION. The Executive shall receive a base salary at the rate
of $194,413  per annum,  payable in cash in  accordance  with the Bank's  normal
payroll  practices.  The Company Board and the Bank Board shall review, not less
often  than  annually,  the  rate of the  Executive's  salary,  and in its  sole
discretion may decide to increase her base salary.


                                        1

<PAGE>



     3. DISCRETIONARY BONUSES. The Executive shall be eligible to receive annual
or other bonuses at the sole discretion of the Company Board and the Bank Board.
No  other  compensation  provided  for in  this  Agreement  shall  be  deemed  a
substitute for the Executive's eligibility for such discretionary bonuses.

     4. (a) PARTICIPATION IN RETIREMENT, MEDICAL AND OTHER PLANS . The Executive
shall  participate  in any plan that the Bank  maintains  for the benefit of its
employees relating to (i) pension, profit- sharing or other retirement benefits,
(ii)  medical  insurance  or the  reimbursement  of  medical or  dependent  care
expenses, or (iii) other group benefits, including disability and life insurance
plans.

     (b) EXECUTIVE BENEFITS:  EXPENSES.   The Executive shall be entitled to the
continuation  of her current  fringe  benefits and to  participate in any fringe
benefits  which are or may  become  available  to the Bank's  senior  management
executives and directors,  including any stock option or incentive  compensation
plans and any other benefits which are  commensurate  with the  responsibilities
and  functions  to be  performed  by the  Executive  under this  Agreement.  The
Executive shall be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses
which she shall incur in connection  with her services under this Agreement upon
substantiation of such expenses in accordance with the policies of the Bank.

     5. STOCK OPTIONS.  Subject to the terms of a stock option agreement between
the Company and the Executive being executed simultaneously herewith (the "Stock
Option  Agreement"),  the Company grants to the Executive a non-qualified  stock
option (the "Option") to purchase  25,000 shares of the Company's  common stock.
The Option shall be  immediately  exercisable  for a period of 10 years from the
date of grant at an exercise  price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the
Company's  common  stock on the  date of  grant.  The  Executive  shall  also be
eligible to receive additional grants of stock options in the future at the sole
discretion of the Company Board and the Bank Board.

     6. TERM.  The  Company and the Bank hereby  employ the  Executive,  and the
Executive  hereby accepts such employment  under this Agreement,  for the period
commencing  on the  Effective  Date and  ending  24 months  thereafter  (or such
earlier date as is  determined  in  accordance  with Section 8). This  Agreement
shall  automatically  be extended for an additional  two-year  period beyond the
then effective expiration date unless, six months prior to such expiration date,
the Company Board and the Bank Board determine in a duly adopted resolution that
the Agreement should not be extended and so notifies the Executive.

     7.  NONCOMPETITION.  During the term of this  Agreement and for a period of
one year following the Executive's voluntary  termination of employment,  unless
otherwise  authorized  by the Company  Board and the Bank Board,  the  Executive
shall not,  directly  or  indirectly,  engage  within the  Washington,  D.C.  or
Baltimore,  Maryland metropolitan areas, either alone or in conjunction with any
person, in the banking business except on behalf of the Company and the Bank. In
addition,  during such period,  the Executive shall not solicit the customers or
employees of the Company or the Bank on behalf of any other person, partnership,
entity, association or corporation,

                                        2

<PAGE>



solicit or seek to hire any employee of the Company or the Bank or in any manner
attempt  directly or  indirectly  to  influence,  induce or  encourage  any such
employee to leave the employment of the Company or the Bank. During said period,
the  Executive  will not take any action  intended  or which may  reasonably  be
expected,  directly or indirectly, to impair the goodwill or business reputation
or good name of the Company or the Bank or to be  otherwise  detrimental  to the
interests of the Company or the Bank, including any action intended or which may
reasonably be expected,  directly or indirectly,  to benefit a competitor of the
Company or the Bank.

     The Executive  agrees that the restrictions set forth above are reasonable.
If,  however,  the  scope of any such  restriction  is deemed to be too broad to
permit enforcement of such restriction to its full extent, then such restriction
shall be enforced to the maximum  extent  permitted  by law,  and the  Executive
hereby  consents  and  agrees  that  such  scope  may  be  judicially   modified
accordingly in any proceeding brought to enforce such restriction.

     8.  TERMINATION  AND  TERMINATION PAY.  Subject to Section 10 hereof,  the
Executive's   employment   hereunder  may  be  terminated  under  the  following
circumstances:

     (a) DEATH. The Executive's  employment under this Agreement shall terminate
upon her death during the term of this Agreement, in which event the Executive's
estate  shall be entitled to receive a death  benefit in the amount of two times
the  Executive's  base salary in effect at the time of death,  and the  unvested
portion  of any stock  options  previously  granted  to the  Executive  shall be
accelerated.

     (b)  DISABILITY.  The Bank may terminate the Executive's  employment  after
having established the Executive's  Disability.  For purposes of this Agreement,
"Disability"  means a physical or mental infirmity which impairs the Executive's
ability to  substantially  perform  her duties  under this  Agreement  and which
results in the Executive  becoming  eligible for long-term  disability  benefits
under the Bank's long-term  disability plan (or, if the Bank has no such plan in
effect,  which  impairs the  Executive's  ability to  substantially  perform her
duties under this Agreement for a period of 180 consecutive days). The Executive
shall be entitled to the base salary and fringe benefits provided for under this
Agreement or otherwise for a period of two years after the  establishment of the
Executive's  Disability.  In  addition,  upon the  Executive's  Disability,  the
unvested portion of any stock options  previously granted to the Executive shall
be accelerated.

     (c) JUST CAUSE. The Company Board and the Bank Board may, by written notice
to the  Executive,  immediately  terminate her  employment at any time, for Just
Cause.  The  Executive  shall  have no right to  receive  compensation  or other
benefits,  except as provided below,  for any period after  termination for Just
Cause.  All  unvested  stock  options  held  by the  Executive  at the  time  of
termination for Just Cause shall immediately vest and shall not expire until the
earlier of the expiration stated in the Non-Qualified  Stock Option Agreement or
the second anniversary  following the termination of the Executive's  employment
with  the  Company  and the  Bank.  Termination  for  "Just  Cause"  shall  mean
termination because of, in the good faith determination of the Company Board and
the Bank Board, the Executive's  personal  dishonesty,  breach of fiduciary duty
involving

                                        3

<PAGE>



personal profit,  willful failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of
any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic  violations or similar offenses)
or final  cease-and-desist  order,  or material  breach of any provision of this
Agreement.  No act,  or  failure  to  act,  on the  Executive's  part  shall  be
considered  "willful" unless she has acted, or failed to act, with an absence of
good faith and without a reasonable belief that her action or failure to act was
in the best interest of the Company or the Bank.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Executive  shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Just Cause unless
there shall have been  delivered to the  Executive a copy of a  resolution  duly
adopted  by the  affirmative  vote of not less  than a  majority  of the  entire
membership  of the Company  Board and the Bank Board at a meeting of such Boards
called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an
opportunity  for the Executive to be heard before such Boards),  finding that in
the good  faith  opinion  of such  Boards  the  Executive  was guilty of conduct
constituting Just Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

     (d) WITHOUT JUST CAUSE. Subject to Section 10 hereof, the Company Board and
the Bank Board may, by written  notice to the Executive,  immediately  terminate
her  employment  at any time for a reason other than Just Cause,  in which event
the  Company and the Bank shall pay and/or  grant the  Executive  the  following
compensation and benefits: (i) a cash payment equal to two times the base salary
of the  Executive at the time of the  termination  without Just Cause;  (ii) the
acceleration of any unvested stock options  previously granted to the Executive;
and (iii) the fringe benefits provided for under this Agreement or otherwise for
a period of two years following such termination. At the Executive's option, she
may elect to receive  the cash  payment  provided  for  herein in  installments.
Termination without Just Cause shall include a decision of the Company Board and
the Bank Board not to renew this Agreement  pursuant to Section 6 hereof and the
occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Section 10(b) hereof.

     (e) VOLUNTARY  TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE.  Subject to Section 10 hereof, the
Executive may  voluntarily  terminate  employment  with the Company and the Bank
during the term of this  Agreement,  upon at least 60 days' prior written notice
to the  Company  Board and the Bank  Board,  in which case the  Executive  shall
receive  a cash  payment  equal to one  year's  base  salary at the time of such
termination and be entitled to continue to receive the fringe benefits  provided
for under this  Agreement or otherwise for a period of one year  following  such
termination.

     (f)  ACTION  BY  SUPERVISORY  AUTHORITY.  This  Agreement  shall  terminate
immediately  without further  liability or obligation of the Company or the Bank
to the  Executive  (i) if the Bank is closed or taken  over by the Office of the
Comptroller  of the  Currency  or other  supervisory  authority,  including  the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; or (ii) if any such supervisory authority
should exercise its cease and desist powers to remove the Executive from office.

     9. NO  MITIGATION.  The  Executive  shall not be required  to mitigate  the
amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment
or otherwise and no such payment shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any
compensation or benefits provided to the Executive in any subsequent employment.


                                        4

<PAGE>



     10. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

     (a) (i)  Notwithstanding  any  provision  herein  to the  contrary,  if the
Executive's  employment under this Agreement is terminated by the Company or the
Bank,  without the Executive's prior written consent and for a reason other than
Just Cause,  in connection  with or within 12 months after any Change in Control
(as defined  herein) of the Company or the Bank,  the Company and the Bank shall
pay and/or grant the Executive the following  compensation  and benefits:  (i) a
cash payment equal to two times her base salary at the time of such termination;
(ii) the fringe  benefits  provided for under this  Agreement or otherwise for a
period of two years following such  termination;  and (iii) the  acceleration of
any unvested stock options previously  granted to the Executive.  At Executive's
option,  she may  elect to  receive  the cash  payment  provided  for  herein in
installments.

     (ii)  This  Section  10  shall  be  interpreted  and  administered  so that
Executive shall receive no compensation or other benefits  subject to the excise
tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code taking into account this  Agreement  and
all other plans, agreements or arrangements involving the Executive, the Company
or the Bank. The  determination by the Bank Board that any compensation or other
benefits  would cause the excise tax  imposed by section  4999 to apply shall be
final and conclusive.  In the event the Bank Board determines that  compensation
or other  benefits  under  this  Agreement  or any  such  plans,  agreements  or
arrangements must be reduced in order to avoid imposition of the excise tax, the
Bank  Board  shall  decide  which  benefits  will be  reduced  and by how  much,
provided,  however, that the Bank Board shall offer the Executive an opportunity
to consult with the Bank Board about said decision prior to making the decision.

     (iii) The term  "Change in Control"  as used  herein  shall mean any of the
following events:

               (A) when the Company or the Bank acquires  actual  knowledge that
          any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the
          Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")),  other than an
          employee  benefit plan established or maintained by the Company or the
          Bank, is or becomes the beneficial  owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of
          the  Exchange  Act)  directly  or  indirectly,   or  record  owner  of
          securities  of the Company  representing  20% or more of the  combined
          voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities;

               (B)  upon  the  first  purchase  of the  Company's  common  stock
          pursuant  to a tender  or  exchange  offer  (other  than a  tender  or
          exchange  offer  made  by the  Company  or an  employee  benefit  plan
          established or maintained by the Company or the Bank);

               (C) upon the  approval  by the  Company's  stockholders  of (1) a
          merger  or   consolidation   of  the  Company  with  or  into  another
          corporation  (other  than a merger  or  consolidation  the  definitive
          agreement for which provides that at least two-thirds of the directors
          of the  surviving  or  resulting  corporation  immediately  after  the
          transaction are Continuing Directors (as defined herein)),  (2) a sale
          or disposition

                                        5

<PAGE>



          of all or  substantially  all of the Company's assets or (3) a plan of
          liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

               (D) if during any period of two  consecutive  years,  individuals
          who at the beginning of such period  constitute the Board of Directors
          of either the Company or the Bank (the "Continuing  Directors")  cease
          for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds thereof;

               (E) upon a sale of (1)  common  stock  of the Bank if after  such
          sale any  person (as  defined  above),  other  than the  Company or an
          employee  benefit plan established or maintained by the Company or the
          Bank,  owns a  majority  of the  Bank's  common  stock  or (2)  all or
          substantially all of the Bank's assets; or

               (F)  any  other   agreement,   happening   or  device  which  has
          substantially the same effect on control of the Company or the Bank as
          any of the foregoing.

     (b)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary,
the Executive may  voluntarily  terminate her  employment  under this  Agreement
within 12 months  following a Change in Control of the Company or the Bank,  and
the Executive  shall  thereupon be entitled to receive the payment  described in
Section  10(a) of this  Agreement,  upon the  occurrence of any of the following
events,  or within  90 days  thereafter,  which  have not been  consented  to in
advance by the Executive in writing: (i) the requirement that the Executive move
her personal residence, or perform her principal executive functions,  more than
35 miles from her primary office as of the date of the Change in Control; (ii) a
material  reduction in the  Executive's  base salary as in effect on the date of
the Change in Control or as the same may be increased  from time to time;  (iii)
the failure by the Bank to continue to provide the Executive  with  compensation
and  benefits  provided for under this  Agreement,  as the same may be increased
from time to time, or with benefits  substantially  similar to those provided to
her under any of the  Executive  benefit  plans in which  the  Executive  now or
hereafter  becomes a participant,  or the taking of any action by the Company or
the Bank which would  directly or  indirectly  reduce any of such  benefits in a
material way or deprive the Executive of any material  fringe benefit enjoyed by
her at the time of the Change in Control,  provided  that such  reduction is not
part of a Bank-wide  reduction  which  affects all  employees  or all  similarly
situated  employees;  (iv)  the  assignment  to  the  Executive  of  duties  and
responsibilities  materially  different from those normally  associated with her
position as referenced  in Section 1 hereof;  (v) a failure to elect or re-elect
the  Executive  to the Board of Directors of the Company or the Bank (and as its
Chairwoman), if the Executive is serving on such Board on the date of the Change
in  Control;  or (vi) a material  diminution  or  reduction  in the  Executive's
responsibilities  or  authority   (including   reporting   responsibilities)  in
connection with her employment with the Bank.

     (c) Any  payments  made to the  Executive  pursuant to this  Agreement,  or
otherwise,  are subject to and conditioned  upon their compliance with 12 U.S.C.
Section 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.


                                        6

<PAGE>



     (d) In the event that any dispute arises between the Executive, the Company
or the Bank as to the terms or interpretation of this Agreement,  including this
Section  10,  whether  instituted  by formal  legal  proceedings  or  otherwise,
including  any action  that the  Executive  takes to  enforce  the terms of this
Section 10 or to defend against any action taken by the Company or the Bank, the
Executive shall be reimbursed for all costs and expenses,  including  reasonable
attorneys'  fees,  arising from such dispute,  proceedings or actions,  provided
that the  Executive  shall  obtain  a final  judgment  by a court  of  competent
jurisdiction in favor of the Executive.  Such reimbursement shall be paid within
10 days of Executive's furnishing to the Bank written evidence,  which may be in
the form, among other things,  of a cancelled check or receipt,  of any costs or
expenses incurred by the Executive.

     11.  CONFIDENTIALITY.  During  the  period  of  employment  hereunder,  the
Executive shall not, except as required by any court,  supervisory  authority or
administrative  agency,  without the written consent of the Company Board or the
Bank Board,  disclose  to any person,  other than an employee or director of the
Company or the Bank or a person to whom  disclosure is  reasonably  necessary or
appropriate in connection with the performance by the Executive of her duties as
an executive of the Company or the Bank, any confidential  information  obtained
by her while in the employ of the Company or the Bank, provided,  however,  that
confidential  information  shall not include any information  known generally to
the public (other than as a result of unauthorized disclosure by the Executive).
Following any  termination  of  employment  hereunder,  the Executive  shall not
disclose any  confidential  information  of the type  described  above except as
required by any court, supervisory authority or administrative agency.

     12.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon any corporate or other  successor of the Company or the Bank
which shall acquire, directly or indirectly, by merger, consolidation,  purchase
or otherwise,  all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the Company or
the Bank.

     13.  AMENDMENTS.  No  amendments  or additions to this  Agreement  shall be
binding  unless  made in  writing  and signed by all of the  parties,  except as
herein otherwise specifically provided.

     14. APPLICABLE LAW. Except to the extent preempted by Federal law, the laws
of the State of Delaware shall govern this Agreement in all respects, whether as
to its validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise.

     15.  SEVERABILITY.  The  provisions  of  this  Agreement  shall  be  deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

     16. WAIVER. The parties hereto acknowledge that this Agreement was prepared
pursuant to their mutual  request by the law firm of Manatt,  Phelps & Phillips,
counsel solely to the Company and the Bank. The Executive  acknowledges that she
is sophisticated in business matters (including,  but not limited to, employment
agreements) and that she has had the opportunity to seek

                                        7

<PAGE>


independent  legal  advice.  The  Executive  specifically  waives  any actual or
apparent  conflict of interest of Manatt,  Phelps & Phillips in connection  with
the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and
year first hereinabove written.


ATTEST:                                ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP,
                                          INC.


/s/ Joyce R. Hertz                         /s/Clarence L. James, Jr.
__________________________             By: ______________________________
         Secretary                           Name:  Clarence L. James, Jr.
                                             Title: Director


ATTEST:                                THE ADAMS NATIONAL BANK


/s/ Joyce R. Hertz                         /s/ Clarence L. James, Jr.   
__________________________             By:________________________________
           Secretary                        Name:  Clarence L. James, Jr.
                                            Title: Director 


WITNESS:                               EXECUTIVE


/s/ Susan Hager                           /s/ Barbara Davis Blum
__________________________                __________________________________
                                       Barbara Davis Blum



                                                         8


                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

                        DATED AS OF _______________, 1996

                                 BY AND BETWEEN

                      1604 17TH STREET LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,

                                  AS LANDLORD,

                            THE ADAMS NATIONAL BANK,


                                    AS TENANT

<PAGE>

                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

                                Table of Contents



 1.      Premises..............................................  1

 2.      Term..................................................  1

 3.      Minimum Rent..........................................  2

 4.      Additional Rent.......................................  3

 5.      Definition of Additional Rent.........................  4

 6.      Past Due Rent and Late Charges........................  4

 7.      Use of Demised Premises...............................  5

 8.      [INTENTIONALLY DELETED]...............................  5

 9.      [INTENTIONALLY DELETED]...............................  5

10.      Subletting and Assignment.............................  5

11.      Upkeep and Surrender of Demised Premises..............  6

12.      Alterations...........................................  7

13.      Floor Loading.........................................  8

14.      Tenant's Equipment....................................  8

15.      Notice of Defects.....................................  8

16.      Liability.............................................  8

17.      Signs.................................................  9

18.      Ordinances, Regulations and Rules.....................  9

19.      Indemnity.............................................  9

20.      Entry Inspection...................................... 10

21.      Interruption of Services or Utilities................. 10

22.      Insurance............................................. 10

23.      Damage by Fire or Other Casualty...................... 11

24.      Eminent Domain........................................ 11

25.      Bankruptcy or Insolvency.............................. 12

26.      Defaults and Remedies................................. 13

27.      Hazardous Materials................................... 14

28.      No Waiver............................................. 15

29.      Subordination......................................... 15

30.      Estoppel Certificates................................. 16

31.      [INTENTIONALLY DELETED]............................... 16

                                        i

<PAGE>




32.      Holding Over.......................................... 16

33.      Submission of Lease................................... 17

34.      Covenants of Landlord................................. 17

35.      Waiver of Trial by Jury............................... 17

36.      Attorney's Fees....................................... 17

37.      Brokers............................................... 18

38.      Notices............................................... 18

39.      Miscellaneous......................................... 18

40.      Authority of Landlord and Tenant...................... 19

41.      Option to Extend Term................................. 19

EXHIBIT "A".................................................... 21


                                       ii

<PAGE>



                                 LEASE AGREEMENT


     THIS LEASE is made as of the _____day  of________ , 1996 ("Lease"),  by and
between 1604 17TH STREET LIMITED PARTNERSHIP ("Landlord") and THE ADAMS NATIONAL
BANK, a Delaware corporation ("Tenant").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     In  consideration  of the mutual  agreements  hereinafter  set  forth,  the
parties do hereby mutually agree as follows:

     1. Premises.  Landlord does hereby lease to Tenant,  and Tenant does hereby
lease from Landlord, for the Term (as hereinafter defined) and on the conditions
hereinafter  provided,  all of the first floor and lower  level of the  building
(the "Demised  Premises") located at 1604 17th Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.
(the  "Property").  The tenant(s) on the upper floors will, during the full term
of this Lease and any  extensions  thereof,  continue to have ingress and egress
through the  vestibule of the first floor  (lobby) and adequate  signage  noting
their occupancy as long as that signage does not obscure,  obstruct,  or detract
from Tenant's signage.

     2. Term Provisions.

          (a) Term.  The Demised  Premises  are leased for a term of twenty (20)
years (hereinafter called the "Term"),  commencing on the first day of the month
following  the date that  Landlord  provides  written  notice (the  "Notice") to
Tenant that Landlord has obtained  possession  of the Demised  Premises free and
clear of any tenants,  but in no event shall said Notice be provided  later than
April 15, 1996 (hereinafter  referred to as the "Lease  Commencement  Date") and
terminating  at midnight on that date which is twenty (20) years  following  the
Lease  Commencement Date (said date of termination being hereinafter  called the
"Lease  Termination  Date"),  unless the Term shall be extended or shall  sooner
cease,  expire  or  be  terminated,  as  hereinafter  provided.  Landlord  shall
immediately give Tenant the Notice when Landlord has obtained the consent of the
current tenant (the "Current Tenant") to vacate the Demised Premises. The Notice
of consent by the Current  Tenant (the  "Notice of  Consent")  must be posted at
least  thirty  (30) days prior to the  Commencement  Date.  Upon  receipt of the
Notice of Consent,  Tenant shall have access to the entire Demised  Premises for
the purpose of inspecting, measuring and studying the Demised Premises. Landlord
and Tenant  hereby agree that while the Term of the Lease shall  commence on the
first day of the month,  Tenant shall pay rent on a pro rated basis for the days
remaining  in the  month  beginning  thirty  (30)  days  after  the  posting  of
Landlord's Notice of Consent (hereinafter referred to as the "Possession Date");
provided,  however,  that no rent shall be due for any period  during  which the
Current Tenant remains in possession of the Demised Premises.

          (b) Lease Termination Provisions.  Tenant shall have the obligation to
seek the approval of the Office of the Controller of the Currency (the "OCC") to
open a bank  branch at the  Demised  Premises  and to seek and obtain  approvals
required of the  Government of the District of Columbia  and, if necessary,  the
Local  Advisory  Neighborhood  Commission  as to the  improvements  to the  site
contemplated by Tenant.  Tenant shall take all actions  reasonable and necessary
to  diligently  pursue  obtaining  said  approvals.  In the event that  Tenant's
application  to the OCC to open a bank branch in the Demised  Premises is denied
or, in the further event that either the  Government of the District of Columbia
or,  if  applicable,  the  Local  Advisory  Neighborhood  Commission  denies  or
materially delays Tenant's plans for the


<PAGE>



renovation for the Demised Premises, then Paragraphs 2(a), 3 and 4 of this Lease
shall be deleted and replaced by the following:

               (i) The term of this Lease shall expire on October 31, 1999.

               (ii) Total  monthly  rent shall be  $3,150.00  per month  through
October 31,  1996,  plus any  additional  rent due and owing  Landlord  for this
period  pursuant to the terms of the Current  Tenant's lease dated September 28,
1994,  which is  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  "A" and  incorporated  herein by
reference (the "Current Lease").

                           (iii)  From November 1, 1996 through October 31,
1997,  monthly rent shall be $3,307.50,  plus any additional  rent due and owing
Landlord for this time period pursuant to the terms of the Current Lease.

               (iv) From November 1, 1997 through October 31, 1998, monthly rent
shall be $3,472.88,  plus any  additional  rent due and owing  Landlord for this
time period pursuant to the terms of the Current Lease.

               (v) From November 1, 1998 through October 31, 1999,  monthly rent
shall be $3,646.52,  plus any  additional  rent due and owing  Landlord for this
time period pursuant to the terms of the Current Lease.

     Notwithstanding  any other  provision of this Paragraph  2(b), in the event
that Tenant is  unsuccessful in obtaining from the Government of the District of
Columbia a certificate  of occupancy  for the Demised  Premises as a bank branch
pursuant to the current zoning  requirements for the Demised  Premises,  then in
such event, this Lease shall  immediately  terminate upon receipt of said denial
of certificate of occupancy and delivery of Tenant's Notice of same to Landlord.

     3. Minimum Rent.

          (a) Tenant shall pay as rent (said rent being hereinafter  referred to
as "Minimum Rent") for the Demised Premises the total sum of Forty-Five Thousand
Dollars  ($45,000.00)  per annum payable in equal monthly  installments of Three
Thousand  Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars  ($3,750.00)  (hereinafter  referred to as
"Monthly Minimum Rent"), subject to increase as set forth in Paragraphs 3(d), 4,
5 and 41 below. Notwithstanding the foregoing,  Landlord shall grant to Tenant a
"rent  holiday"  from the  payment  of a portion  of the  Monthly  Minimum  Rent
installments in the amount of Two Thousand Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($2,250.00)
per installment  (hereinafter  referred to as the "Reduced Rent Allowance") only
for an aggregate  period not to exceed either the first One Hundred Twenty (120)
days of the term or the date on which  Tenant  opens for business to the public,
whichever first occurs (the "Reduced Rent Period").  Provided, however, that (i)
the Reduced  Rent  Period and the  granting of the  Reduced  Rent  Allowance  as
provided  hereunder shall not affect the Lease  Commencement  Date as determined
pursuant to Paragraph 2 hereof,  and (ii) Tenant shall remain  obligated  during
the Reduced  Rent Period to pay the  remainder  of each  installment  of Monthly
Minimum Rent in the amount of One  Thousand  Five  Hundred  Dollars  ($1,500.00)
each,  and to pay all  Additional  Rent  payable  pursuant  to this Lease and to
perform  all of  Tenant's  obligations  under  this  Lease  except as  expressly
aforesaid.

     Commencing  with the first month  following  the  completion of the Reduced
Rent Period, and continuing for a number of months

                                        2

<PAGE>



equal to the actual  number of months which  comprised  the Reduced Rent Period,
the Minimum Rent shall be reduced by Five Hundred  Dollars  ($500.00)  per month
(the "Monthly Reduction");  provided,  however, that the Monthly Reduction shall
be  increased  as necessary  to fully  utilize the Entire  Monthly  Reduction by
December 31, 1996 (the Entire Monthly Reduction shall equal Five Hundred Dollars
($500.00)  multiplied  by the  actual  number  of  months  of the  Reduced  Rent
Period.))

          (b) The first  installment  of Minimum  Rent shall be due and  payable
upon  execution of this Lease and the  remaining  installments  shall be due and
payable,  in advance,  on the first day of the first month  following  the Lease
Commencement Date and on the first day of each and every month thereafter during
the Term at c/o The Jason Corporation, 4420 Connecticut Avenue, N.W., Suite 200,
Washington,  D.C. 20008, to the attention of Mr. Wayne Carroll (or at such other
place as Landlord may designate in a written notice to Tenant). Tenant shall not
be required to pay any mortgage  indebtedness  or any interest on any  mortgages
placed by Landlord that may encumber,  at any time,  the interest of Landlord in
the Demised Premises or the Property.

          (c) For  purposes  of this Lease,  the term "lease  year" shall mean a
twelve  (12) month  period,  with the first lease year  commencing  on the Lease
Commencement  Date and  ending on that date  which is one day prior to the first
anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date, and each subsequent lease year shall
commence  on the same day of each  subsequent  calendar  year of the Term as the
Lease  Commencement  Date and shall end on the day prior to the  commencement of
the next lease year.

          (d)  Commencing on the first day of each of the fourth (4th),  seventh
(7th), tenth (10th),  thirteenth (13th),  sixteenth (16th) and nineteenth (19th)
lease years,  Minimum Rent shall be increased by two-thirds  (2/3) of the yearly
increases in the Consumer  Price Index,  as hereinafter  defined,  over the Base
Consumer Price Index,  as  hereinafter  defined and shall be those reports which
are or are as close as  possible to three (3) months  prior to the dates  herein
referred to in this Lease. For example,  if the Consumer Price Index for a three
(3) year period was to increase  by nine and  one-half  percent (9 1/2%) in year
one, eleven percent (11%) in year two, and three percent (3%) in year three, the
calculation would be as follows:

          Year One - 2/3 of 9 1/2% not to exceed 3% = 3%

          Year Two - 3% plus 1% (11% - 10% = 1%) = 4%

          Year Three - 2/3 of 3% = 2%

          3% + 4% + 2% = 9%  increase  in  Minimum  Rent  over the then  current
          Minimum Rent for the next three (3) lease years.

"Consumer  Price  Index  (Regular  and  Base)"  shall mean the  revised  monthly
Consumer  Price  Index for Urban  Wage  Earners  and  Clerical  Workers  for the
Washington, D.C.-MD-VA SMSA (All Items, 1982-84 = 100) promulgated by the Bureau
of Labor  Statistics of the United Stated  Department of Labor. If said Index is
discontinued,  the Consumer Price Index shall be the successor  index adopted by
the  Bureau of Labor  Statistics  or, if none,  any  similar  index  adopted  by
Landlord. The "Base Consumer Price Index" shall be the Consumer Price Index most
recently published prior to the Lease Commencement Date.

     4. Additional  Rent. Any amounts required to be paid by Tenant hereunder in
addition to the Minimum Rent, and any charges

                                        3

<PAGE>



or expenses  incurred  by  Landlord on behalf of Tenant  under the terms of this
Lease,  shall be considered  Additional  Rent,  and any failure by Tenant to pay
such  Additional  Rent  when and as the same  shall  become  due  shall  entitle
Landlord to the remedies provided herein for nonpayment of Minimum Rent.

     5.  Definition of Additional  Rent.  The term  "Additional  Rent" means the
following  costs  incurred  by  Landlord  in  the  operation  of  the  Property,
including:

          (a) fifty percent (50%) of real estate taxes, fees or charges assessed
or imposed upon the Property;

          (b) fifty percent (50%) of insurance for the Property;

          (c) fifty percent (50%) of water and sewer charges for the Property;

          (d) Tenant shall also pay any value added tax, excise,  sales,  rental
privilege  tax or similar tax at any time imposed upon the Rent  payments or any
other payments to Landlord hereunder,  and such taxes shall be paid by Tenant at
the time and in addition the Rent or other  payments  required under this Lease;
provided,  however,  that in no event shall  Tenant be liable for any tax on the
net  income  of  Landlord  (taxes  set  forth in  Paragraphs  5(a) and (d) shall
hereinafter collectively be referred to as the "Property Taxes"); and

          (e)  Commencing on the  Possession  Date and on the first (1st) day of
each calendar month thereafter,  Tenant shall pay a monthly charge in advance on
account of Tenant's pro rata share of the Property  Taxes,  insurance  and water
and sewer  charges.  The amount of the monthly  charge shall be  established  by
Landlord and may be adjusted from time to time by Landlord to reflect Landlord's
estimate of actual  costs.  Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal
year as  established  for the Property by Landlord,  Landlord  shall  provide to
Tenant the actual Property Tax,  insurance and water/sewer  bills and shall show
Tenant's  actual  share and the amount by which Tenant has overpaid or underpaid
the same. In the event of an overpayment by Tenant of Property Taxes,  insurance
and water/sewer  charges,  such  overpayment  shall be credited against Tenant's
next due payment of Property Taxes and Insurance.  The amount  credited shall be
dollar for dollar on overage,  with no payment due until the overage is used up.
In the event Tenant has underpaid  Property  Taxes,  insurance  and  water/sewer
charges,  the  deficiency  in  respect  of such  underpayment  shall  be paid to
Landlord by Tenant within ten (10) days receipt of the summary of the Property's
actual taxes, insurance and water/sewer charges.

Additional Rent shall not include any other costs incurred by Landlord.

     6. Past Due Rent and Late Charges.  If any installment of Rent or any other
sum due from Tenant is not received by Landlord or  Landlord's  designee  within
ten (10) days  after such  amount is due,  Tenant  shall pay to  Landlord a late
charge equal to five percent (5%) of such overdue  amount.  A returned check due
to insufficient funds will be treated as a late payment.  Acceptance of any late
charge by  Landlord  shall not  constitute  a waiver of  Tenant's  default  with
respect to the overdue  amount,  or prevent  Landlord from exercising any of the
other rights and remedies  available  to Landlord.  The parties  agree that such
late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will
incur by reason of late payment by Tenant.


                                        4

<PAGE>



     7. Use of  Demised  Premises.  Tenant  shall  use and  occupy  the  Demised
Premises initially as follows:  the first floor and lower level shall be used as
an FDIC bank branch,  subject to all  applicable  zoning and other  governmental
regulations and Tenant shall conform at all times to such applicable  zoning and
other governmental  regulations.  Landlord warrants the suitability and legality
of the Demised Premises as a bank branch; however, it shall be the obligation of
Tenant to obtain any and all  certificates of occupancy,  licenses,  permits and
other governmental  authorizations  necessary for such uses. Tenant may also use
the Demised Premises for any lawful purpose allowed under the zoning regulations
existing at the time of any changed usage. Tenant shall not obstruct, interfere,
or conflict with, the rights of adjoining property owners,  other tenants in the
property,  or conflict with the fire laws or regulations,  or with any insurance
policy upon the Property or any part  thereof,  or with any  statutes,  rules or
regulations now existing or subsequently  enacted or established by local, state
or federal governments,  nor shall Tenant use or permit the Demised Premises, or
any part  hereof,  to be used for any  disorderly,  unlawful or extra  hazardous
purpose, nor for any purpose other than hereinabove specified without Landlord's
prior  written  consent,  which  consent  shall  not be  unreasonably  withheld,
conditioned or delayed.

     8. [INTENTIONALLY DELETED]

     9. [INTENTIONALLY DELETED]

     10. Subletting and Assignment.

          (a)  Prohibition.  Tenant shall not voluntarily or by operation of law
assign,  sublet,  or otherwise  transfer or encumber all or any part of Tenant's
interest in the Lease,  or in the  Premises,  without  Landlord's  prior written
consent,  which  consent  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld,  conditioned  or
delayed  as to  an  assignment  or  unreasonably  withheld  or  delayed  as to a
subletting.  For purposes of the  immediately  preceding  sentence,  it shall be
reasonable  for Landlord to withhold its consent if, for example:  (i) Tenant is
in default hereunder; or (ii) Tenant fails to comply with the provisions of this
Paragraph  10, or (iii) the  initial  tenant does not remain  fully  liable as a
primary obligor for the payments of all rent and other charges payable by Tenant
hereunder and for the performance of all other  obligations of Tenant hereunder.
If Landlord does not respond to Tenant's  written  request to assign,  sublet or
otherwise transfer or encumber any part of Tenant's interest in the Lease within
fifteen  (15) days of receipt of such written  request,  then  Tenant's  request
shall be deemed approved. Any purported assignment or subletting contrary to the
provisions hereof without consent shall be void. In connection with any proposed
assignment or sublease,  Tenant shall submit to Landlord in writing (i) the name
of the  proposed  assignee  or  subtenant;  (ii)  such  information  as to  such
assignee's or subtenant's financial  responsibility and standing as Landlord may
reasonably  require;  (iii) the proposed use of the Premises by such assignee or
subtenant;  (iv)  all of the  terms  and  conditions  upon  which  the  proposed
assignment or  subletting is to be made;  and (v) an instrument of assignment or
sublease wherein such assignee or subtenant assumes all of Tenant's  obligations
hereunder and agrees to be bound by the terms  hereof.  Any sublet or occupancy,
Landlord's  consent thereto or Landlord's  collection or acceptance of rent from
any  subtenant,  or occupant  shall not be  construed  as a waiver or release of
Tenant from  liability  for the  performance  of any  obligation to be performed
under this Lease by Tenant.  Landlord  hereby agrees that any  assignment of the
Lease by Tenant

                                        5

<PAGE>



with  Landlord's  consent shall  automatically  release  Tenant from any further
responsibility under or pursuant to the Lease.

          (b) Waiver.  Landlord's consent to any assignment or subletting of the
Premises by Tenant shall not  constitute an  acknowledgement  that Tenant is not
then in default  under this Lease,  nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of
any then  existing  default.  The  consent  by  Landlord  to any  assignment  or
subletting  shall not  constitute  a consent  to any  subsequent  assignment  or
subletting by Tenant or to any subsequent or successive assignment or subletting
by the subtenant.

          (c) Security  Deposit.  In the event of an assignment,  the new Tenant
shall tender to Landlord,  at the  commencement  of the  assignment,  a security
deposit  which  shall be equal to one (1)  month's  rent to secure  and  fulfill
Tenant's performance of the Terms and conditions of this Lease.

     11. Upkeep and Surrender of Demised Premises.

          (a) Throughout the Term of this Lease,  Tenant,  at Tenant's sole cost
and expense,  shall put, keep and maintain the Demised  Premises,  the front and
rear yard of the Property  and the first floor  vestibule to include all windows
and doors on the  first  floor and lower  level,  and any  sidewalks,  curbs and
vaults  adjoining or  appurtenant  thereto in good repair and clean and sanitary
order and  condition,  and make all  necessary  repairs  thereto,  interior  and
exterior,  structural and non-structural,  ordinary and extraordinary,  foreseen
and  unforeseen,  it being the  intention  of the parties  that such repairs and
maintenance  shall be measured by the standard of those repairs and  maintenance
which a judicious owner would make, provided that Tenant shall in any event make
all repairs  necessary to avoid any  structural  damage or injury to the Demised
Premises  and to keep it in sound  condition.  Tenant  will not do or suffer any
waste, damage, injury or disfigurement to the Demised Premises,  the Property or
any part thereof. When used in this Paragraph, the term "repairs" shall include,
without  limitation,  all necessary  replacements,  and  renewals,  and any work
required as a condition  to the  continued  use of the Demised  Premises for the
uses  herein  set forth or any work  required  by any order of any  governmental
agency.  All repairs  made by Tenant  shall be equal in quality and class to the
original  work,  and all work required by this  Paragraph  shall be performed in
accordance with the  requirements  of Paragraph 12(c) hereof.  Tenant shall put,
keep and  maintain all  portions of the Demised  Premises,  the Property and any
sidewalks,  curbs,  alleyways and  passageways  adjoining the same free of dirt,
rubbish, snow, ice, and obstructions.

          (b) Tenant shall be required to furnish any services or facilities, or
to make any repairs, alterations,  additions,  replacements or betterments in or
to the Demised Premises.

          (c)  Landlord  agrees to maintain  the  structural  components  of the
Property  and exterior  walls,  the common areas that do not now exist but which
may be created in the future by the  division of the second and third  floors as
separate  units,  and roof and  utility  lines to the  building,  in good order,
repair and condition,  during the Term,  and shall make such repairs  thereto as
become  necessary after obtaining actual knowledge of the need for such repairs,
all costs of which shall be at Landlord's sole cost and expense.  Landlord shall
have no duty to Tenant to maintain or to make any repairs or improvements to the
Demised Premises.

          (d) Tenant shall, at the Lease  Termination  Date, the expiration,  or
other termination of the Term of this Lease

                                        6

<PAGE>



(including any extension  thereof),  surrender and deliver the Demised  Premises
broom clean to Landlord.  Upon such  termination  of this Lease,  Landlord shall
have the right to reenter and resume possession of the Demised Premises.

     12. Alterations.

          (a)  Throughout  the Term,  Tenant  shall  have the right to make such
alterations,  installations,  changes,  replacements,  additions or improvements
(structural  or otherwise)  (collectively,  "Alterations")  in or to the Demised
Premises or any part  thereof as Tenant  desires,  with the consent of Landlord,
which consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld,  conditioned or delayed, said
consent to be limited to structural and ingress/egress issues only.

          (b) Landlord hereby consents to the performance by Tenant, at Tenant's
sole cost and expense, of a renovation of the Demised Premises. Landlord further
consents to Tenant regrading or otherwise altering the front yard landscape as a
part of the renovation.  Landlord acknowledges that the plans and specifications
of Tenant ("Tenant's Work") may include an automated teller machine.

          (c)  At  all  times  during  which  substantial  Tenant's  Work  is or
substantial  Alterations  are being  performed at the Demised  Premises,  Tenant
shall have in full force and effect,  (i) casualty  insurance in Builder's  Risk
Form covering  Landlord,  Landlord's agents,  employees,  contractors and any of
Landlord's  mortgagees,  as their interest may appear, against loss or damage by
fire, vandalism, and malicious mischief and other such risks customarily covered
by the so-called "broad form extended coverage endorsement" upon all of Tenant's
Work or Alterations (as the case may be) in place,  materials,  supplies,  tools
and equipment used in connection  with such  Alterations and Tenant's Work. Said
Builder's  Risk  Insurance  shall  contain  an  express  waiver  of any right of
subrogation  by  the  insurer  against  Landlord,   its  agents,   employees  or
contractors;  (ii) Worker's Compensation  Insurance,  in the amounts required by
law; and (iii) Public  Liability and any other insurance  otherwise  required by
Paragraph 22 of this Lease.  Tenant shall  indemnify,  defend and hold  Landlord
harmless  from and against  any and all  expenses,  liens,  claims or damages to
person  or  property  which may or might  arise by  reason of the  making of any
Alterations  or Tenant's  Work, or both.  At all times during which  substantial
Tenant's  work is or  substantial  alterations  are being  performed  by Tenant,
Tenant shall have in full force and effect casualty  insurance in Builder's Risk
Form covering Landlord and other tenants in the building.

          (d)  It  is  distinctly  understood  that  all  Alterations,   without
limitation,  wall-to-wall  carpet and  Tenant's  Work,  but  excluding  Tenant's
movable  equipment and furniture,  to or upon the Demised Premises (whether with
or without Landlord's  consent) may, at the election of Tenant,  remain upon the
Demised  Premises and be surrendered with the Demised Premises at the expiration
of this Lease. ATMs, vaults, safes, and other equipment installed by Tenant must
be removed by Tenant at  Landlord's  option and at  Tenant's  expense and Tenant
shall repair any damage caused by said removal or installation thereof.

          (e)  All  Alterations  shall  be  performed  in  accordance  with  all
applicable  legal  requirements.   All  Tenant's  Work  shall  be  performed  in
accordance with all applicable legal requirements.


                                        7

<PAGE>



          (f) Tenant shall not cause or permit any mechanic's lien or other lien
to be filed  against the Demised  Premises or the Property for work or materials
claimed to have been done for, or furnished to, Tenant.  If any mechanic's  lien
or other is filed  against the  Demised  Premises  or the  Property  for work or
materials  claimed  to have  been  done  for,  or  furnished  to,  Tenant,  such
mechanic's  or other lien shall be  discharged by Tenant within twenty (20) days
thereafter,  at Tenant's  sole cost and expense,  by payment  thereof or posting
such bond or paying such amount as will effect a release of such lien. If Tenant
shall fail to  discharge or obtain the release of any such  mechanic's  or other
lien,  Landlord may, at its option,  after giving five (5) business days written
notice of right to cure to Tenant,  discharge or release same and treat the cost
thereof as Additional Rent payable with the monthly  installment of Minimum Rent
next  becoming  due;  and such  discharge  or release by Landlord and payment by
Tenant  shall be deemed to waive the  default  of Tenant in not  discharging  or
releasing same.

     13. Floor  Loading.  Tenant  shall not install in the Demised  Premises any
fixtures,  equipment  or  machinery  that  shall  place a load  upon  any  floor
exceeding  the floor load per square foot area which such floor was  designed or
modified  by  Tenant  to  carry.   Notwithstanding   the   foregoing,   Landlord
acknowledges  that  Tenant  may  install  a vault in the  Demised  Premises,  at
Tenant's sole cost and expense.

     14.  Tenant's  Equipment.  Tenant may  install  and  operate in the Demised
Premises  any  equipment it deems  necessary  for the conduct of its business or
that of any subtenant or assign without  Landlord's  consent throughout the Term
of this Lease or any extension thereof.

     15.  Notice of Defects.  Tenant shall give  Landlord  prompt  notice of any
defects or breakage in the structure of the Demised Premises or the Property.

     16. Liability.

          (a) Landlord  assumes no liability or  responsibility  whatsoever with
respect to the conduct and  operation  of the  business to be  conducted  in the
Demised Premises. Landlord shall not be liable for any accident or injury to any
person or persons or property in or about the Demised  Premises or the Property,
or at any other  location,  caused by the conduct and operation of said business
or by virtue of equipment or property of Tenant in the Demised Premises, or from
any other cause outside of the control of Landlord. Landlord shall be liable for
any accident or injury to any person or persons  caused by the gross  negligence
or willful misconduct of Landlord,  its agents,  employees or assigns.  Landlord
agrees to indemnify,  defend and hold Tenant  harmless  against all such claims.
Tenant shall indemnify,  defend and hold harmless  Landlord from and against any
loss, damage or liability  occasioned by or resulting from any default by Tenant
hereunder or any  negligent  act or omission on the part of Tenant,  its agents,
employees or invitees,  or persons  permitted in the Demised Premises by Tenant.
Landlord is not liable or  responsible  in respect to any exterior  improvements
installed or altered by Tenant.

          (b) Landlord  shall not be liable for any accident or damage caused by
electric  lights or wires, or any accident or damage which may occur through the
operation   of  elevators   or  ADA  lifts  (if  any),   heating,   ventilating,
air-conditioning,  lighting or  plumbing  apparatus,  or any  accident or injury
occurring on or in the Demised  Premises  front yard, or rear yard. All personal
property of Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees, customers or

                                        8

<PAGE>



visitors in, on or about the Demised Premises or on the Property shall be at the
sole risk of Tenant. Landlord shall not be liable for loss or damage to property
or business of Tenant,  or Tenant's agents,  employees,  invitees,  customers or
visitors,  caused by rain,  snow, water or steam that may leak into or flow from
any part of the Demised Premises or the Property through any defects in the roof
or  plumbing  or from any other  source,  including  but not  limited to acts or
omissions on the part of persons  using the Property or present  therein.  It is
understood  and agreed  that  Tenant  covenants  to  indemnify,  defend and save
harmless Landlord from all loss, damage, liability or expense incurred by reason
of Tenant's negligent act or omission in Tenant's use of the Demised Premises or
the Property or any part thereof, including,  without limitation, the use of the
water, steam,  electric or other systems,  and the injury, loss or damage to any
person or party on, in or about the Demised Premises or the Property,  or at any
other location, from whatsoever cause outside of the control of Landlord, except
for loss, injury or damage caused by the gross negligence or willful  misconduct
of Landlord, its agents, servants, employees or contractors.

     17.  Signs.  Tenant may install any  signage,  at its  expense,  that meets
governmental  regulations  with  Landlord's  consent,  which consent will not be
unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

     18. Ordinances, Regulations and Rules. Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost,
promptly comply with and carry out all orders, requirements or conditions now or
hereafter  imposed  by any  and  all  ordinances,  laws,  orders,  rules  and/or
regulations,  foreseen or unforeseen,  ordinary or extraordinary of local, state
or federal  governments,  or by any of their  various  departments  or agencies,
which are adjudged by a court of competent  jurisdiction to be applicable to the
Demised  Premises,  the use or manner of use of the  Demised  Premises,  whether
required of Landlord or  otherwise  to be done or  performed  during the Term of
this Lease.  Tenant shall indemnify,  defend and save Landlord harmless from all
penalties,  claims and demands  resulting  from Tenant's act or omission in this
respect.

     19. Indemnity.

          (a) Tenant  shall  indemnify,  defend and save  harmless  Landlord and
Landlord's  agents  from  and  against  any and all  claims,  actions,  damages,
liabilities and expense in connection with loss of life,  personal injury and/or
damage to  property  arising  out of Tenant's  use or  occupancy  of the Demised
Premises  or the  Property  (irrespective  of where such loss of life,  personal
injury or damage to property occurs),  any occurrence in, upon or at the Demised
Premises or the Property,  or occasioned  wholly or in part by any negligent act
or  omission  of  Tenant,  its  agents,  contractors,  employees,  servants,  or
permitted  subtenants,   resulting  from  any  default,   breach,  violation  or
non-performance of this Lease by Tenant. In the event Landlord or its agents and
employees  shall  be made a party  to any  litigation  commenced  by or  against
Tenant,  then Tenant shall protect and hold Landlord  harmless and shall pay all
reasonable costs,  expenses,  and attorney's fees incurred or paid in connection
with such  litigation.  Tenant  shall pay,  satisfy  and  discharge  any and all
judgments,  orders  and  decrees  which may be  recovered  against  Landlord  in
connection with the foregoing.

          (b) Landlord hereby indemnifies and saves harmless Tenant from any and
all  claims,  obligations  or  liabilities  whatsoever  arising out of the gross
negligent  acts or willful  failure  to act by  Landlord  or any of its  agents,
employees or contractors in connection with its obligations under this Lease,

                                                         9

<PAGE>



which indemnification and save harmless shall include reasonable attorneys' fees
and other  reasonable costs of defense incurred by Tenant in connection with any
such claim, liability or obligation.

     20. Entry Inspection.

          Upon two (2) business days prior written  notice,  which shall include
reasons for doing so,  (except in the event of an emergency in which event prior
notice  shall be given to Tenant's  emergency  contact  representative),  Tenant
shall permit  Landlord,  and  Landlord's  representatives,  to enter the Demised
Premises,  at times to be mutually agreed to, without  diminution of the Minimum
Rent or Additional Rent payable by Tenant, to examine, inspect and protect same,
or to exhibit the same to prospective tenants (during the last two (2) months of
the Term), mortgagees or purchasers, without liability to Tenant for any loss to
Tenant's business by reason thereof.

     21.  Interruption of Services or Utilities.  Any failure or interruption of
any  services or utilities  to the Demised  Premises  which is not the result of
willful  acts  or  gross  negligence  of  Landlord  or any  agent,  employee  or
contractor  of  Landlord  shall not render  Landlord  liable in any  respect for
damages to either person or property, nor be construed as an eviction of Tenant,
nor work an abatement of any Minimum Rent or Additional Rent, nor relieve Tenant
from Tenant's obligations hereunder.

     22.  Insurance.  Without  limiting  or  otherwise  modifying  or  affecting
Tenant's  obligations  under  Paragraph 19 or any other provision of this Lease,
throughout the Term of this Lease and any extension or renewal  thereof,  Tenant
shall  maintain in effect,  at Tenant's  sole cost and  expense,  the  following
insurance,  with coverages,  in amounts, with insurers and with such other terms
and conditions as are reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Without limitation of
the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall maintain the following insurance:

          (a) Tenant  shall,  during the entire Term hereof,  keep in full force
and effect a policy of public liability and property damage, including all trade
fixtures,  insurance  with  respect to the Demised  Premises,  and the  business
operated by Tenant and any subtenants of Tenant in the Demised Premises, and the
business operated by Tenant and any subtenants of Tenant in the Demised Premises
in which the limits of public  liability  shall be not less than One Million and
00/100  Dollars  ($1,000,000.00)  per person and One Million and 00/100  Dollars
($1,000,00.00)  per accident and in which the property damage liability shall be
not less than One Million and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00).  A One Million and
00/100 Dollars $1,000,000.00) combined limit policy is also acceptable,  with an
aggregate  coverage  amount  of not less then Two  Million  and  00/100  Dollars
($2,000,000.00).   The  policy  shall  name  Landlord,   any  person,  firms  or
corporations  designated by Landlord, and Tenant as insured, and shall contain a
clause that the insurer will not cancel or change the  insurance  without  first
giving Landlord thirty (30) days prior written notice. The insurance shall be in
an  insurance  company  approved  by  Landlord  and a copy  of the  policy  or a
certificate  of insurance  shall be delivered  to Landlord  before  occupancy by
Tenant and for each subsequent policy period.

          (b) Landlord  shall  obtain and maintain in effect  during the Term of
the Lease a policy or policies of insurance (i) covering the Property (including
the common areas, but excluding Tenant's leasehold improvements,  trade fixtures
and other property required to be insured by Tenant) in an amount not

                                       10

<PAGE>



less  than the full  replacement  cost  (exclusive  of the cost of  excavations,
foundations   and  footings),   provided  such  coverage  is  available  in  the
marketplace  at  standard  premium  rates,  as  determined  from  time to  time,
providing  protection  against perils  included within the standard form of fire
and extended coverage insurance policy, together with such other risks, and with
such  deductibles,  as  Landlord  may from time to time  determine,  (ii) public
liability insurance covering the common areas with a combined single limit of at
least One  Million  and  00/100  Dollars  ($1,000,000.00),  and (iii)  insurance
covering  loss of rental  income from the  Property as a result of a casualty or
other such event.

          (c) Any such  insurance  may be  effected  by a policy or  policies of
blank insurance covering additional items or locations or assureds. Tenant shall
have no rights in any policy  maintained by Landlord and shall not, by reason of
payment  by Tenant of its pro rata share of  Landlord's  premium  therefore,  be
entitled to be named assured thereunder.

     23.  Damage by Fire or Other  Casualty.  If the Demised  Premises  shall be
damaged by fire or other casualty,  other than through the willful misconduct of
Tenant,  the Minimum  Rent shall be abated if the Demised  Premises are rendered
untenantable  as a bank  branch  until such  repairs  are  completed;  provided,
however, that if the Demised Premises are substantially damaged by fire or other
casualty,  other than through the willful  misconduct of Tenant,  to such extent
that the damage cannot be fully  repaired  within one hundred  eighty (180) days
from the date of such damage,  or if the proceeds of insurance are  insufficient
to repair such damage (unless Tenant provides the additional funds necessary for
such repairs)  Tenant shall have the option of terminating  this Lease by giving
written  notice to the other of such  decision  and the Term of this Lease shall
terminate  ten (10) days after such notice is given.  Except as set forth above,
no  compensation  or reduction of any Minimum Rent or  Additional  Rent shall be
allowed or paid by Landlord by reason of inconvenience,  annoyance, or injury to
business  arising from the  necessity of repairing  the Demised  Premises or any
portion of the Property.

     24. Eminent  Domain.  If the entire  Demised  Premises shall be permanently
taken by eminent  domain,  or in the event Landlord shall convey the Property of
which the Demised Premises are a part to any public authority or its designee in
settlement of a threat of condemnation or taking,  the rent shall be adjusted to
the date of such taking or conveyance and this Lease shall thereupon  terminate.
In such event the entire  proceeds  resulting from any such taking or conveyance
under threat thereof shall belong to and inure solely to the benefit of Landlord
and all  improvements to the Demised  Premises made by Tenant shall be deemed to
be the property of Landlord and this Lease shall terminate,  provided,  however,
that upon such taking or conveyance Landlord shall be obligated to pay to Tenant
from  the  proceeds  of such  taking  or  conveyance  an  amount  determined  in
accordance  with the formula set forth below in this  Paragraph 24, which amount
represents the unamortized  improvements  to be made to the Demised  Premises by
Tenant. In the event only a portion of the Demised Premises shall be so taken or
conveyed  under threat of such taking,  and as a result of such partial  taking,
Tenant is not reasonably  able to use the remainder of the Demised  Premises for
the  purposes  intended,  then such taking shall be deemed to be a taking of the
entire Demised  Premises,  otherwise the amount to be paid by Landlord to Tenant
with  respect  to  unamortized   improvements   shall  be  further  adjusted  by
multiplying  the same by a fraction,  the numerator of which shall be the square
footage of the Demised  Premises which Tenant is not reasonably able to continue
to use, and the denominator of which shall be the square

                                       11

<PAGE>



footage of the Demised Premises. In the event of a partial taking, or threatened
taking of the  Property of which the Demised  Premises  are a part which  taking
does not include any portion of the Demised Premises, this Lease shall remain in
full force and effect and Tenant  shall have no claim with  respect  thereto and
Landlord  shall not be  obligated  to make any  payment to Tenant  with  respect
thereto. The foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall apply to any temporary
taking,  or lease in lieu  thereof,  in the event that the same shall  result in
either (i) Tenant being displaced from the Demised Premises for a period of more
than one (1) year,  or (ii) the  destruction  of a  substantial  portion  of the
improvements  made by Tenant to the Demised  Premises.  In any instance to which
the  provisions of this paragraph may be applicable and which requires a payment
from Landlord to Tenant pursuant to this paragraph, there shall be deducted from
the sum so payable by  Landlord  to Tenant a portion of  Landlord's  total costs
relating thereto and all negotiations  with respect thereto  including,  without
limitation,  attorney's fees and expenses, fees of expert witnesses, appraisals,
and costs of  litigation.  The portion of such  Landlord's  costs to be deducted
from the amount so payable to Tenant shall be a fraction, the numerator of which
shall be the amount  otherwise  payable by Landlord  to Tenant  pursuant to this
paragraph  and the  denominator  of which shall be the entire award  received by
Landlord  with respect to such taking,  or  conveyance or lease in lieu thereof.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Tenant shall be entitled to make claim against
the  condemning  authority  for any  relocation  expense or similar  award which
cannot be made to  Landlord  and which does not  diminish  or affect  Landlord's
claim with  respect to such  taking.  Tenant  shall have the right to receive an
apportionment of any condemnation  award hereunder for the unamortized amount of
the  Tenant  Improvements  to the  Demised  Premises;  provided,  however,  that
Landlord shall have the prior right to first receive from any such  condemnation
award an amount equal to the then current  value of  Landlord's  interest in the
Demised Premises.  The then current value of Landlord's  interest in the Demised
Premises shall be determined by an appraisal  performed by an appraiser selected
by  Landlord  from the  list of  approved  appraisers  maintained  by The  Adams
National Bank. In determining  the then current value of Landlord's  interest in
the Demised  Premises,  the appraisal  shall be based on the then current market
rental for the Demised  Premises as if such  Demised  Premises  were leased to a
commercial  tenant other than a financial  institution,  and  assuming  that the
condition of the Demised  Premises is in an  "as-built"  condition  prior to the
Tenant's Tenant  Improvements being constructed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
for a  full  taking  in no  event  will  Tenant  receive  an  amount  less  than
$100,000.00 or an amount more than the total value of the Tenant Improvements to
the Demised Premises. The minimum and maximum apportionment amounts available to
Tenant as set forth herein shall be reduced  annually  during the original  Term
set forth herein,  on the anniversary dates of this Lease, by an amount equal to
five percent (5%) of each such amount.

     25.  Bankruptcy  or  Insolvency.  If Tenant shall make an assignment of its
assets for the benefit of creditors or if Tenant shall file a voluntary petition
under any Federal, District of Columbia or state bankruptcy or insolvency law (a
"petition in bankruptcy")  or if any  involuntary  petition in bankruptcy or for
receivership  be instituted  against Tenant and not dismissed  within sixty (60)
days  of the  filing  thereof,  or if  Tenant  shall  be  adjudged  bankrupt  or
insolvent, then and in any of said events this Lease shall immediately cease and
terminate,  at the option of Landlord,  with the same force and effect as though
the date of said event was the day herein  fixed for  expiration  of the Term of
this Lease.


                                       12

<PAGE>



     26. Defaults and Remedies.

          (a) The  following  events  shall  constitute  a default  (hereinafter
referred to as a "Default") of Tenant under this Lease:

               (i)  Failure of Tenant to make any  payment of Minimum  Rent when
due which failure shall continue for ten (10) days following written notice from
Landlord to Tenant;

               (ii)  Failure of Tenant to make any  payment of  Additional  Rent
(including, without limitation, any Real Estate Taxes or insurance premiums), or
any other charge or payment due under this Lease,  when due which  failure shall
continue following ten (10) days written notice from Landlord to Tenant;

               (iii)  Failure of Tenant to perform or comply with any  provision
of this Lease to be performed or complied with by Tenant,  other than provisions
described in items (i) or (ii) above,  where such failure  shall  continue for a
period of thirty (30) days after  written  notice  thereof by Landlord to Tenant
or, if the failure is not capable of being cured within such 30-day period, then
such longer period as may be required so long as Tenant is proceeding diligently
to attempt to cure such failure and keeps  Landlord  reasonably  informed of its
progress.

          (b) The provisions of this Paragraph shall apply  notwithstanding  the
continued  willingness  and ability of Tenant to pay Minimum  Rent and/or  other
rent and  otherwise  perform  hereunder.  The receipt by Landlord of payments of
Minimum Rent or  Additional  Rent, as such,  accruing  subsequent to the time of
Tenant's  Default under this Lease  (irrespective of whether Landlord has notice
of such Default)  shall not be deemed a waiver by Landlord of the  provisions of
this Lease.  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Paragraph,  payment by
Tenant of all then delinquent Minimum Rent or Additional Rent shall constitute a
cure of any default by Tenant under subparagraphs 26(i) and (ii) hereof.

          (c) Upon the occurrence of an uncured Default, Landlord shall have the
right at its election,  within ten (10) days of the  occurrence of said Default,
to give Tenant  written  notice of Landlord's  intention to terminate this Lease
ninety (90) days after the date of the notice,  and on such date Tenant's  right
to possession of the Demised Premises shall cease and this Lease shall thereupon
be terminated.

          (d) If  Landlord  terminates  this  Lease  pursuant  to the  preceding
Paragraph,  Tenant shall remain liable (in addition to accrued  liabilities) for
(i) Minimum Rent,  Additional Rent and any other sums provided for in this Lease
for a period of the remainder of the existing  lease term  following the default
had  such  termination  not  occurred,  and  any  and  all  expenses  (including
reasonable  attorney's  fees,  disbursements  and  brokerage  fees)  incurred by
Landlord in reentering and repossessing the Demised Premises, in making good any
Default of Tenant,  in  painting,  altering,  repairing  or dividing the Demised
Premises,  in protecting and preserving the Demised  Premises by use of watchmen
and  caretakers,  and in  reletting  the  Demised  Premises;  less  (ii) the net
proceeds of any reletting  prior to the date this Lease would have expired if it
had not be terminated.  Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the difference  between
items (i) and (ii) above for each month during the Term, at the end of each such
month.  In addition to the  foregoing,  and without regard to whether this Lease
has been terminated,  Tenant shall pay to Landlord all costs reasonably incurred
by Landlord, including reasonable attorney's fees, with respect to any lawsuit

                                       13

<PAGE>



or action  instituted  or taken by Landlord to enforce  the  provisions  of this
Lease.  Tenant's liability shall survive the institution of summary  proceedings
and the issuance of any writ of restitution thereunder.

          (e) If  Landlord  fails  to pay the  Real  Estate  Taxes  in a  timely
fashion,  and such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after
written  notice to Landlord from Tenant of such  failure,  Tenant shall have the
right to make the required payment of Real Estate Taxes, and offset same against
future rent and  additional  rent when said  payments  are due.  Landlord  shall
reimburse  Tenant for,  payment of the Real Estate Taxes within ten (10) days of
presentation  of invoices from Tenant.  In the event Landlord fails to reimburse
Tenant for said payment of Real Estate Taxes, Landlord shall be in default under
this Lease and Tenant may offset the amount of Real Estate  Taxes paid by Tenant
against the Minimum Rent or the Additional Rent and, at Tenant's sole option.

     27. Hazardous Materials.

          (a) Hazardous  Materials.  Tenant shall comply with all  environmental
laws relating to "Hazardous  Materials" (as hereinafter  defined)  affecting the
Demised Premises,  the Property and the improvements  thereon,  and the business
conducted  thereon by Tenant,  or any activity or condition on or in the Demised
Premises. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall (i) not
cause or permit any Hazardous  Material to be brought upon,  kept, or used in or
about the Demised  Premises or the Property by itself or its agents,  employees,
contractors or invitees without the prior written consent of Landlord. If Tenant
breaches the obligations stated in the preceding sentence, or if the presence of
Hazardous Material on the Demised Premises caused or permitted by Tenant results
in contamination of the Demised Premises, the Property or any adjacent property,
then,  notwithstanding  the termination of this Lease,  Tenant shall  indemnify,
defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims,  judgments,  damages,
penalties,  fines, costs, liabilities or losses (including,  without limitation,
diminution  in value of the Demised  Premises,  the  Property,  and/or  adjacent
property, damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable or usable space
or of any  amenity  of the  Demised  Premises,  the  Property,  and/or  adjacent
property,  damages  arising from any adverse impact on occupying or marketing of
the Demised Premises,  the Property,  and/or adjacent property, and sums paid in
settlement of claims,  attorneys'  fees,  consultant fees and expert fees) which
arise  during or after the term or  extended  term of this  Lease as a result of
such contamination.  This indemnification  includes,  without limitation,  costs
incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup,
remedial  removal or restoration of the Property by any federal,  state or local
governmental  agency or  political  subdivision  because of  Hazardous  Material
present  in the soil or  ground  water on or under  the  Demised  Premises,  the
Property,  and/or  adjacent  property.  Without  limiting the foregoing,  if the
presence of any Hazardous Material on the Demised Premises or Property caused or
permitted by Tenant results in any  contamination of the Demised  Premises,  the
Property,  and/or adjacent  property,  Tenant shall promptly take all actions at
its sole expense as are necessary to return the Demised Premises,  the Property,
and/or adjacent property.  As used herein,  the term "Hazardous  Material" means
any  hazardous  or  toxic  substance,  material  or waste  which  is or  becomes
regulated  by any  local  governmental  authority  and  which is  stored,  used,
disposed  of or  released  in the  District  of  Columbia  or the United  States
Government,  except for normal and customary office supplies.  The provisions of
this Paragraph 27 shall survive the

                                       14

<PAGE>



expiration or earlier  termination  of this Lease and Tenant's  surrender of the
Demised Premises to Landlord.

          (b)  Hazardous  Materials  Disclosure.  During the first month of each
calendar  year during the term of this Lease (the  "Disclosure  Dates"),  Tenant
shall  disclose to Landlord  in writing  the common and  chemical  names and the
quantities of all Hazardous Materials, which were stored, used or disposed of on
the Demised Premises or the Property during the preceding  calendar year. Tenant
shall  immediately  notify  Landlord of the  receipt of any notice,  citation or
other communication received by Tenant relating to the presence, storage, use or
release of any  Hazardous  materials in on or about the Demised  Premises or the
Property.

          (c) Hazardous Materials Inspection. Landlord shall have the right, but
not the duty, to inspect the Demised  Premises at any time to determine  whether
Tenant is complying with the requirements of this Paragraph 27. If Tenant is not
in compliance  with the  requirements  of this Paragraph 27, Landlord shall have
the  right,  but not the  obligation,  to  immediately  enter  upon the  Demised
Premises  to remedy any  condition  which is in  violation  of the terms of this
Lease or caused by  Tenant's  failure to comply  with the  requirements  of this
Lease.  Landlord  shall use  reasonable  effort to  minimize  interference  with
Tenant's business as a result of any such entry by Landlord.

          (d)  Hazardous  Materials   Knowledge.   Notwithstanding  any  of  the
provisions  of Paragraphs  27(a)  through  27(c),  The Adams  National  Bank, as
Tenant,  shall only be  responsible  for  knowingly  introducing  any  hazardous
material on to the Demised  Premises,  and the  provisions of  Paragraphs  27(a)
through 27(c) shall not apply to The Adams  National Bank, but the provisions of
Paragraphs 27(a) through 27(c) shall apply to any subtenants or assignees.

     28. No Waiver.  If under the  provisions  hereof  Landlord or Tenant  shall
institute  proceedings and a compromise or settlement thereof shall be made, the
same shall not constitute a waiver of any covenant  herein  contained nor of any
of such party's rights hereunder. No waiver by either party of any breach of any
covenant,  condition or agreement  herein contained shall operate as a waiver of
such  covenant,  condition  or agreement  itself,  or of any  subsequent  breach
thereof. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the
monthly  installments  of Minimum Rent herein  stipulated  shall be deemed to be
other than on account of the earliest  stipulated  Minimum  Rent,  nor shall any
endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying a check for payment
of Minimum Rent or  Additional  Rent be deemed an accord and  satisfaction,  and
Landlord may accept such check or payment without  prejudice to Landlord's right
to recover the balance of such Minimum Rent or Additional  Rent or to pursue any
other remedy provided in this Lease.  No reentry by Landlord,  and no acceptance
by  Landlord  of keys  from  Tenant,  shall be  considered  an  acceptance  of a
surrender of this Lease,  unless Landlord  expressly agrees to such surrender in
writing.

     29. Subordination.

          (a) Automatic Subordination.  This Lease is subject and subordinate to
the lien of any and all mortgages (which term "mortgages" shall include deeds of
trust and similar security  instruments)  and ground or other underlying  leases
which may now or hereafter encumber or otherwise affect the Property, as well as
the  obligation  to  pay  any  and  all  renewals,  extensions,   modifications,
recastings or refinancing thereof; provided,

                                       15

<PAGE>



however,  that in the event the  mortgagee  under any such  mortgage,  or ground
lessor under any such ground lease,  shall require this Lease to be superior and
paramount to such mortgage or ground lease, Tenant agrees to execute and deliver
any documents  required for such purpose  within five (5) days after delivery of
such documents to Tenant.

          (b)   Instruments   of   Subordination.   This   paragraph   shall  be
self-operative  and no further  instruments of subordination need be required by
any mortgagee, trustee or Ground Lessor. Nevertheless, if requested by Landlord,
Tenant shall promptly  execute any  certificate  or other document  specified by
Landlord in confirmation of this  subordination.  Tenant hereby  constitutes and
appoints Landlord as Tenant's  attorney-in-fact  to execute any such certificate
or  document  on behalf of Tenant if Tenant  does not execute it within five (5)
days after  receiving it. Tenant agrees that, if any proceedings are brought for
the  foreclosure  of any such  mortgage,  Tenant,  if  requested to do so by the
purchaser  at  the  foreclosure  sale,  shall  attorn  to the  purchaser,  shall
recognize  the  purchaser  as  Landlord  under  this  Lease,  and shall make all
payments  required  hereunder to such new Landlord without  deduction or setoff.
Tenant  waives the  provisions  of any law or  regulation,  now or  hereafter in
effect,  which may give or purport  to give  Tenant  any right to  terminate  or
otherwise  adversely affect this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder in
the event  that any such  foreclosure  or  termination  or other  proceeding  is
prosecuted or completed.

          (c)  Non-Disturbance  and  Quiet  Enjoyment.   Tenant  shall  and  may
peacefully have, hold and enjoy the Demised Premises,  provided that Tenant pays
all  rent  and  other  sums  herein  recited  and  timely  performs  all  of its
obligations  contained  in this  Lease.  It is  understood  and agreed that this
covenant  and any and all other  covenants  of Landlord  contained in this Lease
shall be binding upon  Landlord and its  successors  and assigns,  but only with
respect to  breaches  occurring  during its and their  respective  ownership  of
Landlord's interest hereunder.

     30.  Estoppel  Certificates.  Tenant  agrees,  at any time and from time to
time, upon not less than fifteen (15) days prior written notice by Landlord,  to
execute,  acknowledge  and deliver to Landlord a statement  in writing on a form
submitted to Tenant by Landlord (a) certifying that this Lease is unmodified (or
if modified,  stating the modifications) and in full force and effect (or if not
in full force and effect, the reasons therefor),  (b) stating the dates to which
the Minimum Rent,  Additional Rent and other charges hereunder have been paid by
Tenant,  (c) stating the amount of any security  deposit  held by Landlord,  (d)
stating  whether or not to the best knowledge of Tenant,  Landlord is in default
in the  performance  of any covenant,  agreement or condition  contained in this
Lease,  and if so,  specifying  each  such  default  of  which  Tenant  may have
knowledge,  and (e)  stating the  address to which  notices to Tenant  should be
sent.  Any such  statement  delivered  pursuant  hereto may be relied upon by an
owner of the Property,  any prospective purchaser of the Property, any mortgagee
or prospective  mortgagee of the Property,  any prospective assignee of any such
mortgagee,  or any lessor or  prospective  lessor of the land which is a part of
the Property.

     31. [INTENTIONALLY DELETED]

     32.  Holding  Over.  If Tenant  shall,  with the  knowledge  and consent of
Landlord, continue to remain in the Demised Premises after the expiration of the
Term of this Lease and any  extension  thereof,  then and in that event,  Tenant
shall,  by  virtue of this  agreement  become a tenant by the month at a monthly
rental equal

                                       16

<PAGE>



to one hundred fifty percent  (150%) of the monthly  installment of Minimum Rent
agreed  by  Tenant  to be  paid as  aforesaid  for the  lease  year  immediately
preceding such expiration, in addition to Additional Rent; subject to all of the
terms and  provisions  of this  Lease,  except any option to renew or extend the
Term hereof and except as otherwise provided in this Paragraph;  commencing said
monthly tenancy with the first day next after the end of the Term above demised;
and Tenant shall give to Landlord at least thirty (30) days'  written  notice of
any  intention  to quit the Demised  Premises,  and Tenant  shall be entitled to
thirty (30) days'  written  notice to quit the Demised  Premises,  except in the
event of nonpayment  of Minimum Rent or Additional  Rent or of the breach of any
other  covenant by Tenant,  in which event  Tenant  shall not be entitled to any
notice  to quit,  the usual  thirty  (30)  days'  notice  to quit  being  hereby
expressly waived;  provided,  however,  that in the event that Tenant shall hold
over  after  the  expiration  of the Term  hereby  created  (and  any  extension
thereof),  and if  Landlord  shall  desire to regain  possession  of the Demised
Premises  promptly at the  expiration of the Term  aforesaid  (and any extension
thereof),  then at any time prior to Landlord's  acceptance of Minimum Rent from
Tenant as a monthly  tenant  hereunder,  Landlord,  at  Landlord's  option,  may
forthwith  reenter and take possession of the Demised  Premises without process,
or by any legal process in force.

     33.  Submission of Lease. This Lease shall become effective as a lease only
upon execution and delivery thereof by Landlord and Tenant.

     34. Covenants of Landlord.  Landlord  covenants that Landlord has the right
to make this Lease, and that if Tenant shall pay the Minimum Rent and Additional
Rent and shall  perform all of  Tenant's  obligations  under this Lease,  Tenant
shall,  during the Term hereof,  freely,  peaceably and quietly occupy and enjoy
the  possession  of the Demised  Premises  without  molestation  or hindrance by
Landlord or any party claiming  through or under  Landlord,  except as otherwise
provided herein.  The term "Landlord" as used herein shall mean solely the owner
of  Landlord's  interest in the  Property,  whoever  that may be at the relevant
time, so that in the event of any sale or transfer of Landlord's interest in the
Property,  any prior  Landlord  shall be freed and relieved of all covenants and
obligations  of Landlord  hereunder.  In the event of a transfer  of  Landlord's
interest,   the  entering   Landlord   shall  obtain  from  Tenant  an  estoppel
certificate, pursuant to Paragraph 30 hereof, prior to effecting the transfer of
Landlord's interest.

     35. Waiver of Trial by Jury.  Landlord and Tenant hereby waive all right to
trial by jury in any claim,  action,  proceeding or  counterclaim on any matters
arising out of or in any way  connected  with this Lease,  the  relationship  of
Landlord and Tenant, and/or Tenant's use or occupancy of the Demised Premises.

     36.  Attorney's  Fees.  In the event of any  default of  Landlord or Tenant
hereunder,  the  non-prevailing  party  shall  pay to the  prevailing  party all
reasonable  attorneys' fees incurred by the prevailing  party in connection with
such default or the  enforcement  of the  prevailing  party's rights or remedies
arising in connection  therewith,  whether or not this Lease is  terminated  and
whether  or  not  the  prevailing  party  institutes  any  lawsuit  against  the
non-prevailing  party as a result of such default. In addition to the foregoing,
whether or not this Lease is terminated,  the non-prevailing  party shall pay to
the  prevailing  party all other  costs  incurred by the  prevailing  party with
respect to any lawsuit  instituted  or action taken by the  prevailing  party to
enforce the provisions of this Lease.


                                       17

<PAGE>



     37. Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant that neither of
them has  employed any broker in carrying on the  negotiations  relating to this
Lease,  except as set forth below.  Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify and hold
each other harmless from any loss, claim or damage relating to the breach of the
foregoing  representation  and warranty.  Tenant  recognizes Demers Real Estate,
Inc. and Barrueta &  Associates,  as Tenant's  agents with respect to this Lease
and Landlord  recognizes The Jason  Corporation as Landlord's agent with respect
to this Lease and each agrees to be  responsible  for the payment of any leasing
commissions  owed to their respective  brokers pursuant to a separate  agreement
with such brokers.

     38.  Notices.  All notices or other  communications  hereunder  shall be in
writing  and  shall be  deemed  duly  given if  delivered  in  person or sent by
certified or registered mail,  return receipt  requested,  first class,  postage
prepaid,  (a) if to Landlord,  to c/o The Jason  Corporation,  4420  Connecticut
Avenue, N.W., Suite 200,  Washington,  D.C. 20008, to the attention of Mr. Wayne
Carroll,  and (b) if to Tenant,  to Barbara  Davis  Blum,  President,  The Adams
National Bank, 1627 K Street, N.W., Second Floor, Washington, D.C. 20006, unless
notice  of a change of  address  is given  pursuant  to the  provisions  of this
Paragraph. The effective date for any notice or communication hereunder shall be
the date of delivery if  delivered  in person and the date of posting if sent by
mail as hereinabove provided.

     39. Miscellaneous.

          (a) This Lease and the exhibits attached hereto contain and embody the
entire agreement of the parties hereto, and no representations,  inducements, or
agreements, oral or otherwise, between Landlord and Landlord's agents and Tenant
not contained in this Lease and exhibits  shall be of any force or effect.  This
Lease may not be  modified,  changed  or  terminated  in whole or in part in any
manner other than by an agreement in writing duly signed by both parties hereto.

          (b) The terms,  covenants and conditions  hereof shall be binding upon
and inure to the parties  hereto and the  permitted  successors  in interest and
assigns of the parties hereto. Landlord may freely and fully assign its interest
hereunder.

          (c) If any provision of this Lease or the  application  thereof to any
person or  circumstance  shall to any  extent  be held  void,  unenforceable  or
invalid,  then the remainder of this Lease or the  application of such provision
to  persons  or  circumstances  other  than  those as to which it is held  void,
unenforceable  or invalid shall not be effected  thereby,  and each provision of
this Lease shall be valid and  enforceable  to the fullest  extent  permitted by
law.

          (d) Tenant may record this Lease without the prior written  consent of
Landlord at Tenant's sole cost and expense.

          (e)  The  captions  and  headings   throughout   this  Lease  are  for
convenience and reference only and the words  contained  therein shall in no way
be held or deemed to define, limit, describe, explain, modify, amplify or add to
the interpretation,  construction or meaning of any provision of or the scope of
intent of this Lease nor in any way affect this Lease.

          (f) Nothing  contained  in this Lease shall be deemed or  construed to
create a partnership or joint venture of or between  Landlord and Tenant,  or to
create any other  relationship  between  the parties  hereto  other than that of
Landlord and Tenant.


                                       18

<PAGE>



          (g) Feminine or neuter  pronouns shall be substituted for those of the
masculine  form,  the plural shall be substituted  for singular  number and vice
versa in any  place or  places  herein in which the  context  may  require  such
substitute or substitutions.

          (h) If one or more Lease  Addenda are  executed by Landlord and Tenant
and attached hereto,  the covenants and agreements  contained in each such Lease
Addendum  shall be  incorporated  into and  become a part of the  covenants  and
agreements of this Lease as if they were set forth in this instrument.

          (i) This Lease is to be  construed  under the laws of the  District of
Columbia (excluding the choice of law rules thereof).

     40. Authority of Landlord and Tenant. Each individual  executing this Lease
on behalf of Landlord and Tenant  represents and warrants that he or she is duly
authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of Landlord or Tenant, as
the case may be, and Tenant represents that such execution is in accordance with
a duly adopted  resolution of the Board of Directors of Tenant and in accordance
with Tenant's  bylaws and that this Lease is binding upon Landlord and Tenant in
accordance with its terms.

     41. Option to Extend Term. Provided that no default by Tenant exists beyond
the expiration of any applicable cure period at the time for the exercise of the
following options,  Tenant shall have two (2) successive options  (respectively,
the "First Extension Option" and the "Second Extension Option", and collectively
the "Extension Options") to extend the Term of this Lease for two (2) additional
successive  periods of five (5) years each  (respectively,  the "First Extension
Period" and the "Second Extension Period",  individually an "Extension  Period",
and  collectively  the "Extension  Periods") after the expiration of the initial
Term as to the First  Extension  Option,  and after the  expiration of the First
Extension Period as to the Second Extension Option.  Each Extension Option shall
be exercisable only by written notice given by Tenant to Landlord not later than
one hundred  fifty (150) days prior to the  expiration of the initial Term as to
the First  Extension  Option and prior to the expiration of the First  Extension
Period as to the Second Extension Option.

     All terms and  conditions  of this Lease  shall be  applicable  during each
Extension  Period,  and except that the amount of Minimum  Rent  payable for the
first  and each  succeeding  Lease  Year of each  Extension  Period  shall be as
follows:

     The Minimum  Monthly  Rental of Three  Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars
($3,750.00), plus all actual accrued increases in the Consumer Price Index since
the inception of the initial Lease Term to the date of each respective Extension
Period.  During each  Extension  Period,  if  exercised,  rental  escalation  as
provided for in Paragraph 3(d) herein shall be applied every two and one-half (2
1/2) years instead of every three (3) years.  This calculation shall be based on
three (3) ten (10)  month  periods,  rather  than  three (3)  twelve  (12) month
periods, as set forth in the example in Paragraph 3(d).


                            (signatures on next page)

                                       19

<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease under seal
the day and year first hereinabove written.

WITNESS:                                       LANDLORD:
- --------                                       ---------

                                               1604 17TH STREET LIMITED
                                               PARTNERSHIP



_______________________________                 By:__________________________

                                                  General Partner




                                               TENANT:
                                               -------

ATTEST:                                        THE ADAMS NATIONAL BANK

[Corporate Seal]



By:_____________________________               By:____________________________

Its_____________________________               Its____________________________

































[38851]

                                       20

<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT "A"

                     Copy of Lease dated September 28, 1994








<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            9
<LEGEND>
     (Replace this text with the legend)
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0000356809
<NAME>                        ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP,INC.
<MULTIPLIER>                  1
<CURRENCY>                    US DOLLARS
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>               DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-START>                  JAN-01-1995 
<PERIOD-END>                    DEC-31-1995
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                 1
<CASH>                          4,953,200
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>            486,715
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                9,475,000
<TRADING-ASSETS>                        0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>     5,508,406         
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>          8,192,647         
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>            8,309,265         
<LOANS>                        63,592,395
<ALLOWANCE>                    (1,273,965)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                 92,364,676
<DEPOSITS>                     83,063,195
<SHORT-TERM>                    1,785,402
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>               710,963
<LONG-TERM>                       186,250
                   0 
                             0
<COMMON>                        2,864,040       
<OTHER-SE>                      3,754,826       
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY> 92,364,676
<INTEREST-LOAN>                 5,902,325         
<INTEREST-INVEST>                 858,745       
<INTEREST-OTHER>                  152,989
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                6,914,059
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>              2,637,390   
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>              2,746,594
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>           4,167,465
<LOAN-LOSSES>                           0
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                      0 
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                 3,781,426
<INCOME-PRETAX>                 1,226,810  
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>      1,226,810
<EXTRAORDINARY>                         0
<CHANGES>                               0
<NET-INCOME>                      958,898
<EPS-PRIMARY>                        3.37
<EPS-DILUTED>                           0
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                       8.94
<LOANS-NON>                     1,561,125
<LOANS-PAST>                        6,476 
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                1,244,877 
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                   617,582        
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>               (1,289,562)
<CHARGE-OFFS>                    (113,590)        
<RECOVERIES>                       97,993
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>              (1,273,965)
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>           (1,273,965)
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                     0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>           253,000 
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission